Document:

Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006

 Exhibit 10.1 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 by and among 
 Cendant Corporation, 
 Travelport
Inc. 
 and 
 TDS Investor
LLC 
 Dated as of June 30, 2006 
  

 PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into and effective as of the 30th day of June, 2006, by and among Cendant Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), Travelport Inc. (formerly,
Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller (the “Company”), and TDS Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Buyer”).

 RECITALS 
 WHEREAS,
Seller beneficially owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Shares”), of the Company; 
 WHEREAS, the Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company; and 
 WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase, and Seller desires to cause the sale to Buyer of, the Shares, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.1 Definitions. Capitalized terms used in
this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement. In addition, for purposes of this Agreement, the following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1. 
 “Action” means any action, claim, complaint, investigation, petition, suit, arbitration or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal,
at law or in equity by or before any arbitral body of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity. 
 “Acquired Companies”
means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Actually Realized,” with respect to a Tax Benefit, shall mean the
time that any refund of Taxes is actually received or applied against other Taxes due, or at the time of the filing of a Tax Return (including any Tax Return relating to estimated Taxes) on which a loss, deduction or credit or increase in basis is
applied to reduce the amount of Taxes that would otherwise be payable. 

 “Affected Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

 “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled
by, or is under common control with, a specified Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such
other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Agreement” means this
Agreement, as the same may be amended or supplemented, together with all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto. 
 “Balance
Sheet” means the audited combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of December 31, 2005 included in the Financial Statements. 
 “Balance Sheet Date” means December 31, 2005. 
 “Bastion” means
Bastion Surety Limited, a private company limited by shares, with registered number 05 360879, and an indirect Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required to be closed in New York, New York. 
 “Buyer” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 
 “Capex Budget” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(vii). 
 “Cendant Separation
Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement to be entered into by and among Seller, the Company, Realogy and Wyndham with respect to the separation of Seller into four separate companies. 
 “CFHC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a). 
 “Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a). 
 “Closing Consideration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b). 
 “Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a). 
 “Closing Indebtedness” means the Travelport Facility and the other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clause
(ii)(A) of the definition of Indebtedness) of the Acquired Companies outstanding at the Closing. 
 “Code” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

  

 2 

 “Company Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(n)(i).

 “Company Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter of the Company referred to in, and delivered to Buyer pursuant
to, this Agreement. 
 “Company Intellectual Property” means the Intellectual Property owned or licensed from third parties
by any Acquired Company. 
 “Company Leases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(k). 
 “Company Plan” means each Plan (other than a Seller Plan which will remain a Seller Plan after the Closing Date) that is maintained,
sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to or entered into by any Acquired Company for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of any of the Acquired Companies or as to which any Acquired
Company has any present or future liability. 
 “Confidentiality Agreement” means the Confidentiality Agreement between
Seller, the Company and Blackstone Partners V LLC, dated April 28, 2006, as amended from time to time. 
 “Contract”
means any binding contract, agreement, commitment, franchise, indenture, lease, purchase order, license, note, bond or mortgage. 
 “Copyrights” means all U.S. and foreign copyrights (including all registrations and applications to register the same, and all unregistered copyrights) and copyrightable works. 
 “Current Assets,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the opening of business on the applicable date,
(i) current assets as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company (other than cash and cash equivalents) minus (ii) the current portion of any deferred Tax asset and income Tax receivable reflected on such consolidated
balance sheet. 
 “Current Liabilities,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the opening of business on the
applicable date, (i) current liabilities as set forth on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company minus (ii) to the extent such item would otherwise be included in Current Liabilities, the sum of (u) the aggregate principal
outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest under the Travelport Facility and the other Closing Indebtedness, if any, and any liabilities or obligations (including costs) incurred at the request of Buyer in connection with the Financing plus
(v) any deferred Tax liabilities and income Taxes payable reflected on such consolidated balance sheet plus (w) any Indebtedness reflected on such consolidated balance sheet plus (x) the GTA Bonus, the Project Austin Costs, the
Restructuring Costs, the Retention Payments, the Severance Costs, the M&A Costs and the Project Nova Costs reflected on such consolidated balance sheet plus (y) any and all liabilities and obligations under the Orbitz Tax Agreement for
which Buyer and its Affiliates are indemnified pursuant to Section 4.15(g)(ii) plus (z) any 
  

 3 

 other liabilities or obligations of the Acquired Companies for which Seller or any of its current or former Affiliates
(other than the Acquired Companies) is liable to the Acquired Companies pursuant to the Cendant Separation Agreement or this Agreement. 
 “Damages” means actual damages, losses, liabilities, claims, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, interest, penalties, judgments and settlements. 
 “Debt Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i). 
 “Debt Commitment Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i). 
 “Dispute Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv). 
 “Encumbrance” means any lien, encumbrance, security interest, option, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation, conditional sale
or restriction on transfer of title or voting, whether imposed by agreement, law, equity or otherwise. 
 “Equity Commitment
Letters” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i). 
 “Equity Financing” shall have the meaning
set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i). 
 “Environmental Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(p)(ii).

 “Equity Interests” means any share capital, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other
equity or voting interest or any security or evidence of Indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for any share capital, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other equity interest, or any right, warrant or option
to acquire any of the foregoing. 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the
related regulations and published interpretations. 
 “Estimated Closing Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.3(b). 
 “Estimated Closing Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 “Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b). 
  

 4 

 “Estimated GTA Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 “Estimated GTA Bonus Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b). 
 “Estimated M&A Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) 
 “Estimated M&A Cost Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b). 
 “Estimated Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Estimated PA Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Estimated PA Cost Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b). 
 “Estimated Project Nova Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Estimated Project Nova Cost Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b). 
 “Estimated Restructuring Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Estimated Restructuring Cost Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b). 
 “Extraordinary Transaction Taxes” mean Taxes attributable to any transaction of any Acquired Company that is caused or permitted by
Buyer to occur or be deemed to occur on the Closing Date after the Closing. 
 “Final Adjustments” means the Final Net
Working Capital Adjustment, the Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment, the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment, the Final GTA Bonus Adjustment, the Final PA Costs Adjustment, Final M&A Costs Adjustment, Final Project Nova Costs
Adjustment and the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment. 
 “Final Amounts” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final Closing Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 

 

 5 

 “Final Closing Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 “Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(k). 
 “Final Company Portion Retention Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(g). 
 “Final GTA Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final GTA Bonus Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(h). 
 “Final M&A Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final M&A Costs Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(l). 
 “Final Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final Net Working Capital Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(f). 
 “Final PA Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final PA Costs Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(i). 
 “Final Project Nova Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(m). 
 “Final Restructuring Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(j). 
 “Financial Statements” means, collectively, (i) the audited combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and the audited combined statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, including any notes 
  

 6 

 thereto, and (ii) the unaudited combined balance sheet and unaudited combined statements of income and cash flows of
the Acquired Companies as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2006. 
 “Financing” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 3.3(g). 
 “Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(d). 
 “Foreign Plan” means each Company Plan or Seller Plan, as the case may be, that is not subject to
United States Law. 
 “FSA” means the Financial Services Authority, an independent non-governmental body constituted by
FSMA. 
 “FSA Notice” means a completed notice of control (as such term is defined in Section 178(5) of FSMA) to be
submitted to the FSA, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller, relating to Buyer’s proposed acquisition of control (such term having the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 179 of FSMA) of Bastion, fully compliant with the
requirements of Section 182 of FSMA and including such information and accompanied by such documents as the FSA may require for the purposes of its consideration of such proposed acquisition of control in accordance with Part XII of FSMA, which
will be filed by Buyer with the FSA in accordance with Section 178 of FSMA. 
 “FSMA” means the United Kingdom’s
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. 
 “GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied throughout the periods involved. With respect to any calculation of Net Working Capital for purposes of this Agreement, no change in accounting principles shall be made from those used in preparing the monthly internal balance sheets made
available to Buyer in the “data room”, including, without limitation, with respect to the nature of accounts, level of reserves or level of accruals unless otherwise specified in this Agreement. For purposes of the preceding sentence,
“changes in accounting principles” includes all changes in accounting principles, policies, practices, procedures or methodologies with respect to financial statements, their classification or presentation, as well as all changes in
practices, methods, conventions or assumptions (unless required by objective changes in underlying events or to conform with United States generally accepted accounting principles) utilized in making accounting estimates. 
 “Governmental Entity” means any United States or foreign federal, state or municipal government, or any agency, bureau, board,
commission, court, department, tribunal or instrumentality thereof or any self regulatory authority with similar powers. 
 “Governmental Filings” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d). 
  

 7 

 “GTA Bonus” means an amount equal to $20,400,000 minus the amount paid prior to the
Closing Date by or on behalf of any of the Acquired Companies on account of the bonus described on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 “Guarantees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 
 “Hazardous
Substances” means all substances defined or regulated as pollutants, contaminants, toxic, or hazardous by any Environmental Law or any other material that would reasonably be expected to result in liability under Environmental Law,
including without limitation, petroleum and petroleum products, friable asbestos, lead, toxic mold, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon, and urea-formaldehyde insulation. 
 “HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the related regulations. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (i) the principal of and any premium in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money, including any accrued interest and any
cost or penalty associated with prepaying any such indebtedness, and including any such obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations or any guarantee of the foregoing; and (ii) obligations under or with respect to
(A) acceptances, letters of credit or similar arrangements obtained or entered into in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, individually or in the aggregate, $1,000,000, (B) acceptances, letters of credit or similar arrangements
obtained or entered into other than in the ordinary course of business or individually or in the aggregate in excess of $1,000,000 and (C) bank guarantees and surety bonds (other than those issued for the benefit of the Acquired Companies);
provided, however, that with respect to any Acquired Company, obligations and liabilities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above to or for the benefit of another wholly-owned (other than director qualifying
shares and similar regimes) Acquired Company shall not constitute “Indebtedness” for purposes of this Agreement. 
 “Indemnity Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.8. 
 “Independent Accounting
Firm” means a mutually acceptable nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants, other than Ernst & Young LLP, upon which Buyer and Seller shall have mutually agreed, or if no such firm is available and
willing to serve, then a mutually acceptable expert in public accounting, in each case, upon which Buyer and Seller shall have mutually agreed. 
 “Initial Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b). 
 “Intellectual
Property” means all Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Trade Secrets and all other intellectual property rights in any jurisdiction, to the extent recognized under the Laws of such jurisdiction. 
  

 8 

 “Interim Period” means, with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such
Straddle Period that begins on the first day of such Straddle Period and ends on the Closing Date. 
 “Investor” shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g). 
 “Knowledge of the Company” means the actual knowledge of Jeff Clarke,
Ronald L. Nelson, Mitch Truwit, Gordon Wilson, Ken Esterow, Daryl Raiford, Jo-Anne Kruse, William Severance, Terry Conley, Christopher Vukelich, Eric Bock, Thomas DeMay and Karen Klein. 
 “Law” means any law, statute, code, rule, regulation, order, ordinance, judgment or decree or other pronouncement of any Governmental
Entity having the effect of law. 
 “Leased Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(k).

 “M&A Costs” means an amount equal to $13,800,000 minus the aggregate amount paid from May 31, 2006 until the
Closing Date by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies in respect of costs that are recorded under the Accrued Merger and Acquisition Costs line item on the relevant combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” means any changes, events or conditions that have or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in
the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, or that materially impairs the ability of Seller and the Acquired Companies to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than any changes, events or conditions resulting from: (i) general economic conditions in any of the markets or geographical areas in which any of the Acquired Companies operates, unless such
conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (ii) changes in economic conditions or the financial, banking, currency or capital markets in general (whether in the United States or any other country or in
any international market) or changes in currency exchange rates or currency fluctuations, unless such changes disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iii) other conditions generally affecting any of the
industries in which the Acquired Companies operate, unless such conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iv) acts of God, calamities, national or international political or social conditions,
including the engagement by any country in hostilities, whether commenced before or after the date hereof, and whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack, unless
such event disproportionately affects the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (v) changes in Law or in GAAP (or other generally accepted accounting principles applied by any of the Acquired Companies) or interpretations thereof;
(vi) any actions taken, or failures to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, to which Buyer has expressly consented; (vii) any item 
  

 9 

 or items set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter; or (viii) the announcement or pendency of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or the Separation Agreements, including by reason of the identity of Buyer or any communication by Buyer regarding the plans or intentions of Buyer with respect to the conduct of the business of any of the Acquired
Companies. 
 “Net Working Capital” means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities. 
 “Orbitz Tax Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(g)(ii). 
 “Organizational Documents” means the documents by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which
govern its internal affairs (including, but not limited to, certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, memorandum of association, articles of association, partnership agreements, constitutional documents, by-laws or operating
agreement). 
 “Outside Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b). 
 “Owned Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(k). 
 “Patents” means all U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, including divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part,
reissues, reexaminations, and any extensions thereof. 
 “Permits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(p).

 “Permitted Encumbrance” means (i) Encumbrances incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government Contracts, performance and return
of money bonds and similar obligations; (ii) mechanics, carriers’, workers’, repairers’, materialmen’s, warehousemen’s and other Encumbrances which have arisen in the ordinary course of business; (iii) Encumbrances
expressly approved by Buyer; (iv) Encumbrances for Taxes not yet delinquent or contested in good faith and for which appropriate reserves have been established on the Financial Statements or that arose or were created in the ordinary course of
business since the Balance Sheet Date; (v) requirements and restrictions of zoning, building and other Laws, rules and regulations; (vi) statutory liens of landlords for amounts not yet due and payable; (vii) liens arising under
conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business; (viii) Encumbrances set forth in any title policy or title report with respect to Real Property that is provided to Buyer prior
to the date of this Agreement or as set forth in Section 3.2(k) of the Company Disclosure Letter; and (ix) Encumbrances which, in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to impair, in any material respect, the continued use of the
asset or property to which they relate, as used on the date hereof. 
  

 10 

 “Person” means an association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited
liability company, a trust, or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity. 
 “Plans” means each
“employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA), including, but not limited to, each pension, profit sharing, 401(k), severance, welfare, disability, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, other
equity-based plan or arrangement, employee loan, retirement, employment, change-in-control, retention, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive and all other employee benefit agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to
ERISA (including any funding mechanism therefor now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise), whether formal or informal, oral or written, legally binding or not. 
 “Post-Closing Tax Period” shall means any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date. 
 “Pre-Closing Period Tax Return” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a)(i). 
 “Pre-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date. 
 “Pre-Closing Taxes” means all liabilities for Taxes of the Acquired Companies for Pre-Closing Tax Periods and any Interim Period
including any Taxes arising from any election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code, except for Section 338 Taxes and Extraordinary Transaction Taxes. For purposes of calculating the liability of the Acquired Companies for Taxes of any
Interim Period, the portion of any Tax for a Straddle Period that is allocable to the Interim Period shall be deemed to equal: (i) in the case of Taxes based upon or related to income, gain or receipts, the amount that would be payable if the
Straddle Period had ended on the Closing Date and the books of the Acquired Companies were closed as of the close of such date; provided, however, that depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions will be taken into account
in accordance with the principles of clause (iii) below; (ii) in the case of Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events, Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events occurring on or before the Closing Date; and (iii) in the
case of Taxes imposed on a periodic basis, or in the case of any other Taxes not covered by clauses (i) or (ii) above, the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the
number of calendar days in the period ending on the Closing Date and (b) the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Straddle Period. 
 “Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i). 
 “Preliminary Closing Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii). 
  

 11 

 “Preliminary Closing Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

 “Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 “Preliminary GTA Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii). 
 “Preliminary M&A Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii). 
 “Preliminary Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii). 
 “Preliminary PA Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii). 
 “Preliminary Project Nova Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii). 
 “Preliminary Restructuring Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii). 
 “Project Austin Costs” means an amount equal to $56,200,000 minus the aggregate amount paid prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of
the Acquired Companies in connection with the technology project described on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 “Project Nova Costs” means an amount equal to $53,779,000 minus the aggregate amount paid prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies in connection with operating expenses related to the separation
of the Acquired Companies from the Seller described in Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 “Purchase
Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(n). 
 “Real Property” means, collectively, the Owned
Real Property and the Leased Real Property. 
 “Realogy” means Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 
 “Reference Net Working Capital” means negative $400,000,000. 
 “Released Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 
  

 12 

 “Representatives” shall include Blackstone Management Partners V LLC, its Affiliates and
their various respective directors, officers, employees and legal and accounting advisors and potential sources of debt financing. 
 “Required Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(iii). 
 “Restructuring
Costs” means an amount equal to $17,000,000 minus the aggregate amount paid prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies in connection with the restructuring project described in Section 1.1 of the Company
Disclosure Letter. 
 “Retention Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3. 
 “Retention Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3. 
 “Section 338 Elections” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(c). 
 “Section 338 Taxes” means the difference between (x) the amount of Taxes payable by Seller or its Affiliates or the Acquired
Companies for the Tax period or year in which the Closing occurs and (y) the amount of Taxes that would have been payable by Seller or its Affiliates for the Acquired Companies for such Tax year or period if no Section 338 Elections had
been made with respect to any Acquired Company. 
 “Section 338(h)(10) Companies” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.15(c). 
 “Section 338(h)(10) Elections” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(c).

 “Seller” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 
 “Seller Consolidated Returns” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a). 
 “Seller Plans” means each Plan (other than a Company Plan) that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed
to or entered into by Seller and its Affiliates for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of any of the Acquired Companies. 
 “Separation Agreements” means (in each case in substantially the form provided to Buyer prior to the execution hereof) the Cendant Separation Agreement, together with a tax sharing agreement, a
transition services agreement and the other agreements to be entered into among Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, certain current and former Affiliates of Seller, and the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Cendant
Separation Agreement. 
  

 13 

 “Severance Costs” means the severance costs payable to the former employees identified
on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 “Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to
this Agreement. 
 “Specified Contracts” means (A) Contracts with outside service providers providing for payments in
any 12-month period of more than $10,000,000, (B) airline content agreements, (C) multinational subscriber agreements, (D) Orbitz supplier link agreements and (E) Orbitz airline charter associate agreements. 
 “Straddle Period” shall mean any Tax period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date. 
 “Straddle Period Tax Return” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a)(iii). 
 “Subsidiary” of any Person means, on any date, any Person (i) the accounts of which would be consolidated with and into those of
the applicable Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date or (ii) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than
fifty percent of the Equity Interests or more than fifty percent of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than fifty percent of the general partnership interests or more than fifty percent of the profits or losses of which
are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the applicable Person or one or more subsidiaries of such Person. 
 “Support
Services” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.13. 
 “Surety Bonds” shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 4.12. 
 “Tax” means any foreign, federal, state, county or local income, sales and use, excise, franchise,
occupancy, real and personal property, gross receipt, capital stock, production, business and occupation, disability, employment, payroll, severance, or withholding tax or other tax, duty, custom, levy, fee, assessment or charge in the nature of (or
similar to) taxes imposed by any Tax authority or other Governmental Entity, including any interest, addition to Tax or penalties related thereto. 
 “Tax Benefit” means the sum of the amount by which the actual Tax liability (after giving effect to any alternative minimum or similar Tax) of a Person to the appropriate Governmental Entity is reduced (including, without
limitation, by or as a result of a deduction, increase in basis, entitlement to refund, credit, or otherwise, whether available in the current taxable year, as an adjustment to the taxable income in any other taxable year or as a carryforward or
carryback, as applicable) as the result of a payment that gives rise to an indemnification obligation under Section 4.15(g) plus any interest (on an after-Tax basis) from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax liability less the sum of
the amount by which the actual Tax liability (after giving effect to any alternative minimum or similar Tax) of a Person to the appropriate Governmental Entity is increased (including, without limitation, by or as a result of the inclusion in

  

 14 

 income, loss of a deduction, decrease in basis, loss of a refund or credit, or otherwise, whether applicable in the
current taxable year or as an adjustment to the taxable income in any other taxable year, as applicable) as a result of the receipt of any indemnity payment received pursuant to Section 4.15(g) plus any interest (on an after-Tax basis) from any
Governmental Entity relating to such Tax liability. 
 “Tax Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.15(h)(i). 
 “Tax Package” means (i) a pro forma Tax Return relating to the operations of any Acquired
Company the Tax items of which are required to be reported in any Seller Consolidated Return; and (ii) all information relating to such operations of any Acquired Company that is reasonably necessary to prepare and file the applicable Seller
Consolidated Return. 
 “Tax Return” means any return, report, declaration, information return or other document filed or
required to be filed with any Tax authority with respect to Taxes, including any amendments thereof and including any schedules or attachments thereto. 
 “Terminating Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a). 
 “Trade Secrets” means all U.S., state and foreign trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential and proprietary information. 
 “Trademarks” means all U.S. and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, Internet domain names, logos, slogans and other identifiers of the source of goods or services, together with the
goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing, and all registrations and applications relating to the foregoing. 
 “Transaction
Expenses” means any fees and expenses of the Acquired Companies in connection with the negotiation and the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any other agreements in respect of similar transactions with other
parties not treated in a different manner under this Agreement; provided, however, that Transaction Expenses shall not include any fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Financing. 
 “Transfer Taxes” means any sales, use, stock transfer, real property transfer, real property gains, transfer, stamp, registration,
documentary, recording or similar duties or taxes together with any interest thereon, penalties, fines, costs, fees, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. 
 “Travelport Facility” means a 364-day unsecured credit facility providing for loans to the Company in an
aggregate amount of approximately $2,200,000,000. 
 “WARN Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16.

 “Wyndham” means Wyndham Worldwide Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 
  

 15 

 ARTICLE II 
 PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES 
 Section 2.1 Purchase and Sale of Shares. 
 (a) Buyer and Seller hereby agree that, upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of the conditions hereof, at the
Closing, Buyer shall purchase from Cendant Finance Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (“CFHC”), and Seller shall cause CFHC to sell, transfer, assign and deliver to
Buyer, all of the Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than (i) restrictions on transfer of securities arising under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws and (ii) those created by Buyer or arising out of
ownership of the Shares by Buyer). 
 (b) At the Closing, Buyer shall pay, in consideration for the purchase of the Shares pursuant to
Section 2.1(a) in cash $4,300,000,000 (the “Initial Purchase Price“), as adjusted by the Estimated Closing Adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3(b) (the “Closing Consideration“). The Closing Consideration is
subject to adjustment following the Closing by the Final Adjustments and pursuant to Section 2.3(p). 
 Section 2.2
Closing. 
 (a) The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing“) shall be held at
the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, located at Four Times Square, New York, New York, or at such other location as Buyer and Seller may mutually agree, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, following the satisfaction or
waiver, if permissible, of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article V (other than conditions which by their nature can be satisfied only at Closing), at such date as Buyer and Seller mutually agree, which shall be no later than the second
Business Day after satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article V (the “Closing Date“), unless another date is agreed to in writing by Buyer and Seller; provided,
however, that the Closing Date shall not be earlier than August 22, 2006. 
 (b) Deliveries by Seller. At the
Closing, Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Buyer: 
 (i) a certificate or certificates evidencing the
Shares, along with such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that such Shares have been duly assigned or transferred to Buyer; 
  

 16 

 (ii) a customary payoff letter in respect of the Travelport Facility evidencing the
repayment of all obligations thereunder on the Closing Date concurrently with the Closing; 
 (iii) all other documents
required to be delivered by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement; and 
 (iv) a duly executed
and acknowledged certificate, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer and in compliance with the Code and Treasury regulations, certifying such facts as to establish that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from
withholding pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code. 
 (c) Deliveries by Buyer. At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver,
or cause to be delivered, to Seller: 
 (i) the Closing Consideration, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an
account or accounts (including third party accounts) designated by Seller prior to Closing; and 
 (ii) all other documents
required to be delivered by Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement. 
 Section 2.3 Purchase Price
Adjustment. 
 (a) No later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a
certificate of an officer of Seller, or one of its Subsidiaries, on behalf of Seller, setting forth its good faith estimate as of the open of business on the Closing Date of (i) the Net Working Capital (the “Estimated Net Working
Capital”), (ii) the Closing Indebtedness other than the Travelport Facility which shall be repaid by Seller on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.24 (the “Estimated Closing Indebtedness”), (iii) the
Company Portion Retention Payments (the “Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments”), (iv) the GTA Bonus (the “Estimated GTA Bonus”), (v) the Project Austin Costs (the “Estimated PA
Costs”), (vi) the Restructuring Costs (the “Estimated Restructuring Costs”), (vii) the M&A Costs (the “Estimated M&A Costs”) and (viii) the Project Nova Costs (the “Estimated
Project Nova Costs”). 
 (b) The Initial Purchase Price shall be (i) (A) increased, if the Estimated Net Working Capital
exceeds the Reference Net Working Capital, by an amount equal to the amount of such excess or (B) decreased, if the Reference Net Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Net Working Capital, by an amount equal to such excess (such increase or
decrease, as the case may be, being the “Estimated Closing Adjustment”) and (ii) decreased by (w) the Estimated Closing Indebtedness, (x) an amount equal to the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the Estimated
Project Nova Costs (such product, the “Estimated Project Nova Cost Payment”), (y) an amount equal to the product of (A) 0.65 and (B) the Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments (such product, the
“Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments Payment”) and (z) an 
  

 17 

 amount equal to the sum of (1) the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the Estimated GTA Bonus (such product, the
“Estimated GTA Bonus Payment”), (2) the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the Estimated PA Costs (such product, the “Estimated PA Cost Payment”), (3) the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the
Estimated Restructuring Costs (such product, the “Estimated Restructuring Cost Payment”) and (4) the product of (A) 0.65 and (B) the Estimated M&A Costs (such product, the “Estimated M&A Cost
Payment”). 
 (c) Within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, Buyer and the Company shall deliver or cause to be
delivered to Seller the following (collectively, the “Preliminary Closing Statement”): 
 (i) an unaudited
combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies immediately prior to the Closing (the “Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet”), prepared by Buyer in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis; 
 (ii) a certificate of an officer of Buyer, or one of its Subsidiaries, certifying that the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet has been
prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis; and 
 (iii) (x) a reasonably detailed calculation by
Buyer of the Net Working Capital as of the open of business on the Closing Date based on the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet (the “Preliminary Net Working Capital”), and (y) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail
(1) the Company Portion Retention Payments as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments”), (2) the GTA Bonus as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the
“Preliminary GTA Bonus”), (3) the Project Austin Costs as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “Preliminary PA Costs”), (4) the Restructuring Costs as of the open of business on the Closing
Date (the “Preliminary Restructuring Costs”) and (5) the Closing Indebtedness as of the open of business on the Closing Date other than the Travelport Facility (which shall be repaid by Seller on the Closing Date pursuant to
Section 4.24) (the “Preliminary Closing Indebtedness”), (6) the M&A Costs as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “Preliminary M&A Costs”) and (7) the Project Nova Costs as of the
open of business on the Closing Date (the “Preliminary Project Nova Costs”). 
 (iv) Seller shall have
fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of the Preliminary Closing Statement to review the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and the calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital and to notify Buyer in writing if it disputes the amount of
the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the Preliminary Project Nova Costs
and/or the Preliminary Restructuring Costs set forth on the Preliminary Closing Statement (the “Dispute Notice”), specifying the reasons therefor in reasonable detail. 
  

 18 

 (d) In connection with Seller’s review, Seller and its Representatives shall have reasonable
access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to all relevant work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents prepared by Buyer or its Representatives in connection with its preparation of the Preliminary Closing Balance
Sheet and/or its calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the
Preliminary Project Nova Costs and the Preliminary Restructuring Costs and to finance personnel of Buyer and its Subsidiaries and any other information which Seller reasonably requests, and Buyer shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate
reasonably with Seller and its Representatives in connection therewith. 
 (e) In the event that Seller shall deliver a Dispute Notice to
Buyer, Buyer and Seller shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute as promptly as practicable and, upon such resolution, if any, any adjustments to the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the
Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the Preliminary Project Nova Costs and the Preliminary Restructuring Costs
shall be made in accordance with the agreement of Buyer and Seller. If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve any such dispute within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period as Buyer and Seller shall mutually agree in writing) of
Seller’s delivery of such Dispute Notice, such dispute shall be resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm, and such determination shall be final and binding on the parties. The Independent Accounting Firm shall consider only those items and
amounts as to which Buyer and Seller have disagreed within the time periods and on the terms specified above. In making such determination, the Independent Accounting Firm may rely only upon information submitted to it by Buyer or Seller. The
Independent Accounting Firm shall be instructed to use reasonable best efforts to deliver to Buyer and Seller a written report setting forth the resolution of each disputed matter within thirty (30) days of submission of the Preliminary Closing
Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the Preliminary Project
Nova Costs and the Preliminary Restructuring Costs to it and, in any case, as promptly as practicable after such submission. Any expenses relating to the engagement of the Independent Accounting Firm in respect of its services pursuant to this
Section 2.3(e) shall be shared equally by Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, on the other hand. The Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion
Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Restructuring Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs and the Preliminary Project Nova Costs, (i) if no Dispute Notice
has been timely delivered by Seller, as originally submitted by Buyer or (ii) if a Dispute Notice has been timely delivered by Seller, as determined pursuant to the resolution of such dispute in accordance with this Section 2.3(e), shall
be, respectively, the “Final Closing Balance Sheet,” the “Final Net Working Capital,” “Final Company Portion Retention Payments,” the “Final GTA Bonus,” the “Final PA
Costs,” the “Final Restructuring Costs,” the “Final Closing Indebtedness,” the “Final M&A Costs” and the “Final Project Nova Costs”(collectively, the “Final
Amounts”). 
  

 19 

 (f) The “Final Net Working Capital Adjustment” shall be equal to the difference between
the Final Net Working Capital and the Estimated Net Working Capital (it being understood that the Final Working Capital Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number). 
 (g) The “Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment” shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated Company
Portion Retention Payments Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.65 and (2) the Final Company Portion Retention Payments (it being understood that the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment may be either a positive or a
negative number). 
 (h) The “Final GTA Bonus Adjustment” shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated
GTA Bonus Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the Final GTA Bonus (it being understood that the Final GTA Bonus Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number). 
 (i) The “Final PA Costs Adjustment” shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated PA Cost Payment and (B) the
product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the Final PA Costs (it being understood that the Final PA Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number). 
 (j) The “Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment” shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated Restructuring Cost Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the
Final Restructuring Costs (it being understood that the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number). 
 (k) The “Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment” shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated Closing Indebtedness and (B) the Final Closing Indebtedness (it being understood that the Final Closing
Indebtedness Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number). 
 (l) The “Final M&A Costs Adjustment” shall
be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated M&A Cost Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.65 and (2) the Final M&A Costs (it being understood that the Final M&A Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a
negative number). 
 (m) The “Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment” shall be equal to the difference between (A) the
Estimated Project Nova Cost Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the Final Project Nova Costs (it being understood that the Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number). 
 (n) The “Purchase Price” shall be equal to (i) the Closing Consideration plus (ii) the Final Working Capital Adjustment plus
(iii) the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment plus (iv) the Final PA Costs Adjustment plus (v) the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment plus (vi) the Final Closing 
  

 20 

 Indebtedness Adjustment plus (vii) the Final M&A Costs Adjustment plus (viii) the Final Project Nova Costs
Adjustment (it being understood that the amounts referred to in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) above may be either positive or negative). 
 (o) If the sum of (i) the Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, (ii) the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment, (iii) the
Final GTA Bonus Adjustment, (iv) the Final PA Costs Adjustment, (v) the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment, (vi) the Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment, (vii) the Final M&A Costs Adjustment and (viii) the Final
Project Nova Costs Adjustment, is (x) positive, Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay such amount to Seller or (y) negative, Seller shall pay such amount to Buyer. Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally (on the one
hand) or Seller (on the other hand), as the case may be, shall, within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Final Amounts pursuant to Section 2.3(e), make payment to the other by wire transfer in immediately available
funds of the amount payable by Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, or Seller, as the case may be, in respect of the amounts determined pursuant to this Section 2.3(o), without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding, together
with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment, at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. from time to time during such period. Such interest shall be calculated based on a year
of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date. 
 (p) On a Business Day falling on or prior to the thirtieth
(30th) day following the Closing, Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay to Seller an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) 0.75 and (ii) the amount by which cash and cash equivalents of the Acquired Companies at
the open of business on the Closing Date exceeds $25,000,000; provided, however, that the amount payable by Buyer and the Company under this Section 2.3(p) in no event shall exceed $30,000,000. Any payment pursuant to this Section 2.3(p)
shall be made without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding, together with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment, at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. from
time to time during such period. Such interest shall be calculated based on a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date. Any disputes with respect to the determination of the amount payable pursuant to this
Section 2.3(p) shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism applicable to the determination of the Final Amounts set forth in Section 2.3(c), Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.3(e). 
 Section 2.4 Withholdings. Buyer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold or cause to be deducted and withheld from amounts otherwise
payable to any Person pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payments under any provision of federal state, local or foreign Tax Law. Any amounts so deducted and withheld will be treated
for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. 
  

 21 

 ARTICLE III 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
 Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller.
Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows: 
 (a) Due Organization and Good
Standing. Each of Seller and CFHC is an entity duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. Each of Seller and CFHC has all requisite power and authority to own,
lease and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority does not have a material adverse effect on Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or CFHC and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as the case may be. 
 (b) Authorization of Transaction by Seller. Each
of Seller and CFHC has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham will have all
requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Separation Agreements to which it is a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller
and CFHC of this Agreement and the consummation by each of Seller and CFHC of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each of Seller and CFHC and no other
proceedings on the part of Seller or CFHC are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller and CFHC of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and
performance by each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham of the Separation Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham of the transactions contemplated thereby will have been duly and validly authorized by
all necessary action on the part of each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham and no other proceedings on the part of Seller, Realogy or Wyndham will have been necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller, Realogy and
Wyndham of the Separation Agreements to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer and
the Company, constitutes, and each Separation Agreement (to the extent Seller, Realogy, Wyndham or CFHC is a party thereto), when executed and delivered by each of Seller, Realogy, Wyndham or CFHC (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery
by the other parties thereto) shall constitute, a valid and binding obligation of each of Seller, Realogy, Wyndham and CFHC, enforceable against each of Seller, Realogy, Wyndham and CFHC in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at
law or in equity). 
  

 22 

 (c) Ownership of Shares. All of the Shares are beneficially owned by Seller and of record
by CFHC free and clear of all Encumbrances. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will convey to Buyer good title to the Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for those created by the Buyer or arising out
of ownership of the Shares by the Buyer and other than restrictions on transfer of unregistered securities arising under applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws. 
 (d) Governmental Filings. No filings or registration with, notification to, or authorization, license, clearance, permit,
qualification, waiver, order consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity (collectively, “Governmental Filings”) are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Separation
Agreements by each of Seller and CFHC, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under any applicable antitrust or other competition Laws of other jurisdictions (“Foreign Antitrust Merger Control
Laws”), (iii) the Governmental Filing required to be made with the FSA, (iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Buyer or its Affiliates, (v) as set forth in
Section 3.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter and (vi) such other Governmental Filings the failure of which to be obtained do not materially impair or delay Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (e) No Conflict or Violation. Except as set forth in
Section 3.1(e) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and by Seller of the Separation Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
thereby do not: (i) assuming all Governmental Filings described in Section 3.1(d), Section 3.2(d) and Section 3.3(c) (other than clause (iv) thereof) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which Seller is
subject; (ii) require a consent, notice or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation, termination or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate,
cancel, or modify any obligation or result in the loss of any right under, or result in the loss of any benefit or cause any additional fees to be due under any material Contract to which Seller or CFHC is a party; or (iii) violate the
Organizational Documents of Seller or CFHC, except with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above as would not materially impair or delay Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or does not
constitute a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (f) Legal Proceedings. Except as set forth on Section 3.1(f) of the
Company Disclosure Letter, as of the date of this Agreement, there are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller or CFHC which challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Separation
Agreements or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither Seller nor CFHC is subject to any judgment, decree, injunction or order of
any Governmental Entity which constitutes a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

 23 

 (g) Brokers’ Fees. No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is
entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee, expense or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of
Seller for which any of the Acquired Companies or Buyer has or will have any liability. 
 Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties
of the Company. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company represents and warrants to Buyer as follows: 
 (a) Due Organization and Good Standing of the Company. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is qualified or otherwise
authorized to act as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is necessary under applicable Law, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise
authorized does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and
authority does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (b) Authorization of Transaction by the Company. The Company has
all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company will have all requisite corporate power and authority to
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Separation Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no other corporate action or proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Separation Agreements and the consummation by the
Company of the transactions contemplated thereby will be duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no other corporate action or proceedings on the part of the Company will be necessary to authorize
the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Separation Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution
and delivery by Buyer and Seller, constitutes, and each Separation Agreement (to the extent the Company is a party thereto), when executed and delivered by the Company (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto)
shall constitute, a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws
now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may
be brought. 
  

 24 

 (c) Subsidiaries. Section 3.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter
contains a list of each Subsidiary of the Company, including its name, and its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, each Subsidiary of the Company has been
duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, is validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and is in good standing and it is
qualified or authorized to do business (as customarily certified by the applicable Governmental Entity in respect of the entities registered in such jurisdictions) under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or
authorization is required, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise authorized does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (A) all of the
issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of the Company are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (the percentage and type of ownership of any Subsidiary of the Company of which the Company does not own all of the issued and
outstanding Equity Interests being set forth on Section 3.2 of the Company Disclosure Letter), free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than any restrictions on transfer of securities arising under any applicable federal, state or
foreign securities laws), and are duly authorized and validly issued, free of preemptive or any other third party rights and, as to Equity Interests of corporate Subsidiaries, are fully paid and non-assessable, (B) there is no subscription,
option, warrant, call right, agreement or commitment relating to the issuance, sale, delivery, transfer or redemption by any Subsidiary of the Company (including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument)
of the capital stock, partnership capital or equivalent of any Subsidiary of the Company or to make any payment based on the value of any Equity Interests of such Subsidiary (other than any such subscription, option, warrant, call right, agreement
or commitment in favor of the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company) and (C) other than Organizational Documents, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which any of the Acquired Companies is a party
with respect to voting such Equity Interests. There is no provision of any Acquired Company’s Organizational Documents that would restrict the ability to encumber any of the assets or Equity Interests of an Acquired Company owned by another
Acquired Company or that is the Company. 
 (d) Governmental Filings. No Governmental Filings are required in connection with
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iii) the Governmental Filings
required to be made with the FSA, (iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Buyer or its Affiliates, (v) as set forth in Section 3.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter, or
(vi) such other Governmental Filings, the failure of which to be obtained or made do not materially impair or delay the Company’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or constitute a Material Adverse
Effect. 
  

 25 

 (e) Capital Structure. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100 shares
of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 100 shares are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and have not been issued in
violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights. The Company has no other Equity Interests authorized, issued or outstanding, and there are no subscriptions, agreements, options, warrants, call rights, commitments or
other rights or arrangements existing or outstanding that provide for the sale or issuance of any of the foregoing by Seller or the Company (other than this Agreement). CFHC is the record and beneficial owner of all of the issued and outstanding
shares, and, at Closing, the Shares purchased by Buyer shall constitute all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company. 
 (f) Financial Statements. The Company has delivered to Buyer a true and complete copy of the Financial Statements in draft form. The Financial Statements in draft form have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently
applied (except as disclosed in the footnotes thereto), and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the dates thereof and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended,
subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto. When delivered to Buyer in accordance with Section 4.27, the Financial Statements in final form will have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except as disclosed in the footnotes thereto), and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the dates thereof and their results of operations and
cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto. If they are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the Closing Financial Statements will have
been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied and, upon delivery, will fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the date thereof and their results of operations and cash flows for
the period ended June 30, 2006, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, and the absence of notes thereto. 
 (g) No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements (or the notes thereto), as set forth
in Section 3.2(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter, for the GTA Bonus, the Project Austin Costs, the Restructuring Costs, the Retention Payments, the Severance Costs, the M&A Costs, the Project Nova Costs and the Closing
Indebtedness, none of the Acquired Companies had, as of the Balance Sheet Date, any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by GAAP to be reflected or reserved against on (or
disclosed in the footnotes to) an audited combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies (but excluding any liabilities related or attributable to Taxes). Except as set forth in Section 3.2(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter, for
liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date, and for the GTA Bonus, the Project Austin Costs, the Restructuring Costs, the Retention Payments, the Severance Costs, the M&A Costs, the
Project Nova Costs, the Closing 
  

 26 

 Indebtedness, obligations or liabilities reflected or reserved against (or of a category reflected or reserved against)
on the Financial Statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 or as are not material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, since the Balance Sheet Date none of the Acquired Companies has incurred any liabilities or
obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise. 
 (h) No Conflict or Violation. Except as set
forth in Section 3.2(h) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not
(i) assuming all Governmental Filings described in Section 3.1(d), Section 3.2(d) and Section 3.3(c) (other than clause (iv) of Section 3.3(c)) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which any
Acquired Company are subject; (ii) require a consent or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate
or cancel or modify any material obligation or result in the loss of any material right under any Company Contract or Company Lease; or (iii) create or impose any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances, on the assets and properties of
any Acquired Companies; or (iv) violate the Organizational Documents of any Acquired Company, except with respect to the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (i) Legal Proceedings. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no Actions (or
group of related Actions) pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in any written notice addressed and delivered to any Acquired Company which, (i) if adversely determined, would constitute a Material Adverse Effect or
(ii) as of the date of this Agreement, challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Acquired Company is subject to any material judgment, decree, injunction or order of any Governmental Entity other than any material judgment, decree,
injunction or order that is generally applicable to all Persons or to Persons in businesses similar to those of the Acquired Companies. 
 (j) Personal Property. Except as may be reflected in the Financial Statements, the Acquired Companies have valid title, free and clear of Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances), to all the tangible personal
property reflected in the most recent balance sheet contained in the Financial Statements and all tangible personal property acquired since the date of the most recent balance sheet contained in the Financial Statements, except for such tangible
personal property that has been disposed of in the ordinary course of business or where the failure to have valid title, free and clear of Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances), does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. 

(k) Real Property. Section 3.2(k)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth the location of all real property
owned by any Acquired Company (the “Owned Real Property”). The Company owns with good, valid and 
  

 27 

 marketable title, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, all of the material Owned Real Property.
Section 3.2(k)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth (x) the location of all real property (the “Leased Real Property”) directly or indirectly leased to any Acquired Company by a third party pursuant to a
lease, sublease or other similar agreement under which any Acquired Company is the lessee or sublessee (collectively, the “Company Leases”) and (y) a list of all Company Leases. Complete copies of all Company Leases, together
with any modifications, extensions, amendments and assignments thereof, have heretofore been furnished or made available to Buyer. Each of the material Company Leases is in full force and effect, without modification or amendment from the form
furnished to Buyer and is valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its respective terms. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(k)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreements, no
Acquired Company has assigned its interests under any of the material Company Leases, or subleased all or any part of the space demised thereby, to any third party. No Acquired Company is in default under any material provision of the material
Company Leases, and no amount due on any material Company Lease remains unpaid. 
 (l) Taxes. Except as set forth in
Section 3.2(l) of the Company Disclosure Letter: (i) the Acquired Companies have accurately and timely filed (taking into account properly filed extensions) all income Tax Returns required to have been filed by them, and all such
Tax Returns are complete and correct in all respects, except for such Tax Returns the failure of which to file or be complete and correct does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. The Acquired Companies have timely paid in full all income Taxes
due and payable (whether or not shown on such Tax Returns) and all non-income Taxes shown to be due on any Tax Return or, where payment is not yet due, has made adequate provision for all Taxes in the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP
except for such Taxes for which the failure to have paid or make adequate provisions does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) there are no pending, current or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions, suits,
proceedings or investigations for the assessment or collection of material amounts of Taxes with respect to any Acquired Company except for such claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations that do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect;
(iii) there are no liens for Taxes against any Acquired Company’s assets, other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and for which appropriate reserves have been established or contested in good faith except for such liens that do
not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) the Acquired Companies have not executed or filed with any Governmental Entity any agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any material amount of income Taxes; (v) no
Acquired Company has ever been, or is required to, make any disclosure to the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 6111 of the Code or Section 1.6011 of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; (vi) all Taxes required
to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to any Acquired Company have been timely withheld, collected or deposited as the case may be, and to the extent required, have been paid to the relevant taxing authority; (vii) no
closing agreement pursuant to section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) has been entered into by or with respect to any Acquired Company; and (viii) no Acquired Company will be required to include
amounts in income, or exclude items of deduction, in a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing Date. 
  

 28 

 (m) Absence of Certain Changes. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(m) of the
Company Disclosure Letter and as otherwise contemplated or permitted hereby or by the Separation Agreements, from the Balance Sheet Date through the date of this Agreement (i) the businesses of the Acquired Companies have been conducted
in the ordinary course of business, (ii) there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect that is continuing and (iii) the Acquired Companies have not discontinued any business material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole.

 (n) Company Contracts. 
 (i) Section 3.2(n)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of Contracts in effect as of the date of this Agreement to which any Acquired Company is a party, which are in the categories listed
below (collectively, the “Company Contracts“); provided, however, that a Contract referenced by more than one description need only be listed once on the Company Disclosure Letter: 
 (1) any employment, management consulting or similar agreement requiring payment by any Acquired Company of base annual salary in excess
of $200,000; 
 (2) any Contract evidencing Indebtedness material to any Acquired Company, or under which any of the Acquired
Companies have issued any note, bond, indenture, mortgage, security interest or other evidence of Indebtedness material to the Acquired Companies taken as a whole, or has directly or indirectly guaranteed Indebtedness of any Person (other than any
Acquired Company) that are material to the Acquired Companies taken as a whole; 
 (3) any license agreement pursuant to
which any Acquired Company (i) has acquired the right to use any material Company Intellectual Property, other than software and other Intellectual Property that is (1) generally commercially available and (2) for which any Acquired
Company has paid annual license fees of less than $2,000,000 during the 12-month period ending on May 31, 2006 or (ii) has granted to any third party, other than any Acquired Company, any material license to use any material Company
Intellectual Property owned by any Acquired Company (excluding any such licenses granted in connection with agency subscriber agreements and other customer agreements); 
 (4) any other Contracts not cancelable without penalties on less than 120 days’ notice and under which any Acquired Company would
reasonably be expected to make payments, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000,000 during any 12-month period; 
  

 29 

 (5) any Contract for capital expenditures, or the purchase or sale of any asset or
securities of any Person or the acquisition or construction of assets for the benefit and use of any Acquired Company, requiring payments by any Acquired Company in excess of $2,000,000 for any 12-month period; 
 (6) any Contract containing a covenant not to compete or any exclusivity provision that materially restricts the ability of any of the
Acquired Companies to freely conduct any material aspect of their business; 
 (7) any material joint venture agreement,
limited liability company or partnership agreement; 
 (8) any Contract related to a material acquisition or divestiture of
any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or collection of assets constituting all or substantially all of a business or business unit by an Acquired Company, other than inventory, since January 1, 2003 or
prior to such date to the extent an Acquired Company has any continuing obligations or liabilities to the counterparty to such transaction; and 
 (9) any outstanding written or otherwise binding commitment to enter into any agreement of the type described in subsections (1) through (8) of this Section 3.2(n)(i). 
 (ii) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(n)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) each Company Contract
(A) constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Acquired Company party thereto and (B) assuming such Company Contract is binding and enforceable against the other parties thereto, is enforceable against the Acquired Company party
thereto, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of
equity (whether considered in an Action at law or in equity) and the discretion of any court before which any Action therefor may be brought, (ii) no Acquired Company is or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is alleged to be in breach of or
default in any material respect under any Company Contract and (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no counterparty is in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company Contract. 
 (o) Labor. No labor strike, slowdown, lockout, picketing or work stoppage against any of the Acquired Companies is pending or, to
the Knowledge 
  

 30 

 of the Company, threatened, and no such labor strike, slowdown or work stoppage has occurred or been threatened at any
time within the three years preceding the date of this Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(o) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Acquired Company is a party to, bound by or subject to any agreement with any labor organization
and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no union organizing activities involving any such labor organization is pending or threatened. 
 (p)
Compliance With Law. 
 (i) Except for Laws relating or attributable to Taxes and employee benefits,
which shall be governed exclusively by Section 3.2(l) and Section 3.2(q), respectively, and except as set forth in Section 3.2(p) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Acquired Companies are, and since January 1, 2004 have
been, operating their respective businesses in compliance with applicable Laws (and their publicly posted privacy policies), except to the extent any non-compliance therewith does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in
Section 3.2(p) of the Company Disclosure Letter, all approvals, permits and licenses of Governmental Entities (collectively, “Permits”) required for the Acquired Companies to conduct their business, as conducted on the
date hereof, are in the possession of the relevant Acquired Company, as applicable, are in full force and effect and the Acquired Companies are and since January 1, 2004 have been operating in compliance therewith, except for such Permits the
failure of which to possess or with which to be in compliance does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (ii) Except
as set forth in Section 3.2(p)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, the Acquired Companies are, and since January 1, 2004 have been, in compliance in all respects with all
applicable Laws and regulations relating to pollution, Hazardous Substances or protection of human health or the environment (“Environmental Laws”), and have obtained and are in compliance in all respects with all Permits required
under Environmental Laws. The Acquired Companies have not received notice of any written actions, claims or investigations by any Person alleging liability under, or non-compliance with, any Environmental Laws. 
 (iii) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(p)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as does not constitute a Material
Adverse Effect, Hazardous Substances are not present at and have not been disposed of, arranged to be disposed of, released or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to be released at or from any of the properties or facilities currently or,
to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned, leased or operated by any of the Acquired Companies in violation of, or in a condition or a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to give rise to Damages to any of the Acquired
Companies under or relating to, any Environmental Laws. 
  

 31 

 (q) Employee Benefit Plans.  
 (i) Section 3.2(q)(i)(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of each material Seller Plan.
Section 3.2(q)(i)(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of each Company Plan (excluding any employment, management, consulting or similar agreement requiring payment by any Acquired Company of base annual salary of less
than $200,000). With respect to each Company Plan, the Company has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to Buyer true and complete copies of the Company Plan and any amendments thereto (or if the Company Plan is not a written Company
Plan, a description thereof), any related trust or other funding vehicle, any reports or summaries required under ERISA or the Code and the most recent determination letter received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Company Plan
intended to qualify under Section 401 of Code. With respect to each Seller Plan, the Company has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to Buyer true and complete copies of the Company Plan and any amendments thereto. All
contributions required to be made under the terms of the Company Plan have been timely made and all contributions required to be made by the Acquired Companies under Seller Plans have been timely made. None of any Acquired Company, any Company Plan,
any Seller Plan, any trust created under any Company Plan or Seller Plan, nor any trustee or administrator thereof has engaged in a transaction in connection with which any Acquired Company, any Company Plan, any such trust, or any trustee or
administrator thereof, or any party dealing with any Company Plan or any such trust could be subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 409 or 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed pursuant to Section 4975 or 4976 of the
Code. 
 (ii) Each Company Plan has been established and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms
and applicable Law, including, as to each Company Plan that is subject to United States Law, ERISA and the Code. For each Company Plan with respect to which a Form 5500 has been filed, no material change has occurred with respect to the matters
covered by the most recent Form since the end of the period covered thereby. No “reportable event” (as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability, no material
nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code) or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA and
Section 412 of the Code (whether or not waived)) has occurred with respect to any Company Plan. No Company Plan is a split-dollar life insurance program or otherwise provides for loans to any Affected Employee who would constitute an executive
officer of the Company (within the meaning of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002). 
  

 32 

 (iii) Each Company Plan that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the
meaning of ERISA Section 3(2)) of the Acquired Companies is qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code and has received a favorable determination letter as to its qualification. No event has occurred or circumstance exists
that could reasonably be expected to give rise to disqualification or loss of tax-exempt status of any Company Plan or a related trust or otherwise subject any Acquired Company, either directly or by reason of its affiliation with any member of its
“Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of organizations within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code), to any material tax, material fine, material lien,
material penalty or other material liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable Laws. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Company Plan is subject to the provisions of
Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. No liability under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA has been incurred by Seller and its Affiliates that has not been satisfied in full, other than liability for premiums due
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (which premiums have been paid when due). With respect to each Company Plan that is not a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA but is subject to Title IV of ERISA, as of
the Closing Date, the assets of each such Company Plan are at least equal in value to the present value of the accrued benefits (vested and unvested) of the participants in such Company Plan on a termination and projected benefit obligation basis,
based on the actuarial methods and assumptions indicated in the most recent applicable actuarial valuation reports. No Company Plan is a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) and neither the Company, its
Subsidiaries nor any member of their Controlled Group has at any time sponsored or contributed to, or has or had any liability or obligation in respect of, any multiemployer plan. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(iii)(a) of the Company
Disclosure Letter, no Company Plan provides for post-employment or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for Affected Employees, except as required to avoid an excise tax under Section 4980B of the Code or otherwise
except as may be required pursuant to any other applicable Law. 
 (iv) With respect to each Company Plan, (A) no
material Action is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, (B) no facts or circumstances exist that reasonably could give rise to any material Actions and (C) no written or oral communication has been received from the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation concerning the funded status thereof or any transfer of assets and liabilities therefrom in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. 
 (v) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(v)(A) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement shall not, either alone or in combination 
  

 33 

 with another event (A) entitle any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of
the Acquired Companies to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment (or any increase in such payment), (B) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due any such employee, officer or
other service provider or (C) limit or restrict the right of any Acquired Company to merge, amend or terminate any Company Plan. Section 3.2(q)(v)(B) of the Company Disclosure Letter includes a schedule of all Retention Payments and
Retention Letters. 
 (vi) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(vi) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no
Acquired Company has any contractual obligation to make any tax gross-up payments as a result of the golden parachute excise tax of Section 4999 of the Code. 
 (vii) With respect to each Foreign Plan, each such plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good
standing with applicable regulatory authorities. 
 (viii) The fair market value of the assets of each Foreign Plan required
to be funded under applicable local Law, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide
for the accrued benefit obligations, as of the Closing Date, with respect to all current and former participants in such plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to determine employer contributions to such
Foreign Plan and no transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall cause such assets or insurance obligations to be less than such benefit obligations. 
 (r) Intellectual Property. 
 (i) Section 3.2(r)(i) of the
Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, for the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, a list of all material U.S. and foreign: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademark registrations and applications
(including Internet domain name registrations); (c) copyright registrations and applications and (d) unregistered common law trademarks and service marks material to the business of the Acquired Companies. Except as set forth in
Section 3.2(r)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, to the Knowledge of the Company, the foregoing registrations and applications that are material to and currently used in the businesses of the Acquired Companies are, in the case of
registrations, in effect and subsisting, and in the case of applications, pending and are not subject to any action alleging the invalidity of any such registration or seeking to have any such registration or application canceled, re-examined or
found invalid. 
  

 34 

 (ii) Except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in
Section 3.2(r)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (a) the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies does not infringe or otherwise violate (1) to the Knowledge of the Company, any Person’s Patents or Trademarks,
and (2) any Person’s other Intellectual Property, and there is no claim pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company threatened against the Acquired Companies alleging such infringement or other violation, (b) to the Knowledge of the
Company, no Person is infringing or otherwise violating any Company Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, and no claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Person by any Acquired Company alleging
such infringement or other violation and (c) subject to Section 3.2(r)(ii)(a), the Acquired Companies own or have the right to use all of the Intellectual Property used by the Acquired Companies in their businesses as currently conducted,
free and clear of Encumbrances (except Permitted Encumbrances) on the Acquired Companies’ rights in such Intellectual Property. 
 (iii) The Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) maintain registrations for registered Company Intellectual Property that are material to the businesses of the Acquired Companies and
(b) protect the confidentiality of their material confidential information. Except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, employees who contributed to the creation or invention of Intellectual Property in which the Acquired Companies
assert ownership have assigned to the Company all of their rights therein that did not initially vest in the Company by operation of law. 
 (iv) The Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with their internal policies and procedures, to protect personally identifiable information provided by the Acquired Companies ‘
customers and website users from unauthorized disclosure or use. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(r)(iv) of the Company Disclosure Letter and except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Acquired Companies use
commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with their internal policies and procedures, to protect the integrity and security of their information technology systems, websites, databases and networks and the information transmitted thereby or
stored therein and none of them have, as of the date of this Agreement, any Actions pending against them regarding the foregoing and (ii) no Acquired Company has received any complaints during the two years prior to the date of this Agreement
relating thereto. 
 (s) Brokers’ Fees. No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is
entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the
Company, for which any of the Acquired Companies or Buyer has or will have any liability. 
  

 35 

 (t) Insurance Coverage. The Company has furnished to Buyer a list of all insurance
policies and fidelity bonds relating to the assets, business, operations, employees, officers or directors of the Acquired Companies. All such policies are valid and in full force and effect and, except as set forth in Section 3.2(t) of the
Company Disclosure Letter, no written notice of cancellation or termination has been received by the Acquired Companies with respect to any such policy. All premiums due on such policies have been paid and none of the Acquired Companies is in
default under any material obligation of any such policy. 
 (u) Sufficiency of Assets. As of the Closing Date, the assets,
rights and Permits of the Acquired Companies, including any rights of the Acquired Companies arising pursuant to the Separation Agreements, will be in all material respects the assets, rights and Permits of Seller and its Subsidiaries that are used
to conduct the business of the Acquired Companies as currently conducted, it being understood that no representation is being made with respect to any assets, rights or Permits not owned by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries. 
 (v) Indebtedness; Certain Payments. 
 (i) Following the repayment of the Estimated Closing Indebtedness at Closing, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clause (ii)(A) of the
definition of Indebtedness) immediately after such repayment other than Indebtedness incurred by the Company on the Closing Date in connection with the Debt Financing. 
 (ii) (A) To the Knowledge of the Company, there is not expected to be any earn-out or deferred purchase price payable with respect
to the acquisition of Needahotel and (B) there will not by any earn-out or deferred purchase price payable with respect to the acquisition of Donvand Limited (d/b/a Guliver’s Travels Associates) and Octopustravel Group Limited pursuant to
the Share Purchase Agreement between Sarah Newman, Andrew Collins, Anne Keogh, Cendant Corporation and Castlenau Limited, dated February 8, 2006 and the Share and Purchase Agreement between David Babai, Uzi Kattan, Edward Faith, Murray Sweet,
Bernard Bialylew, Codesilver Limited (n/k/a Cendant Travel Services Limited) and Cendant Corporation (as Guarantor), dated December 16, 2004, respectively. 
 Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of Buyer. Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and the Company as follows: 
 (a) Due Organization and Good Standing of Buyer. Buyer is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. 
  

 36 

 (b) Authorization of Transaction by Buyer. Buyer has all requisite limited
liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement, and
the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of Buyer and no other limited liability company proceedings on the part
of Buyer are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and, assuming due
authorization, execution and delivery by Seller and the Company, constitutes, a valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of
the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. 
 (c) Governmental Filings. No Governmental Filings are
required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iii) the
Governmental Filings required to be made with the FSA, (iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Seller or its Affiliates, (v) as set forth in Section 3.3(c) of the Buyer
Disclosure Letter or (vi) such other Governmental Filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (d) No Conflict or Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not (i) assuming all authorizations, consents and approvals described in Section 3.1(d) (other than clause (iv) of Section 3.1(d)), Section 3.2(d) (other than clause
(iv) thereof) and Section 3.3(c) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which Buyer is subject; (ii) require a consent or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation, termination or breach of, or constitute
a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel any Contract to which Buyer is a party; or (iii) violate the Organizational Documents of Buyer, except with respect to the
foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (e) Legal Proceedings. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened
against Buyer which challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer is not
subject to any judgment, decree, injunction or order of any Governmental Entity which would materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
  

 37 

 (f) Acquisition of Equity for Investment. Buyer has such knowledge and experience
in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Buyer’s purchase of the Shares. Buyer confirms that it can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Shares and can afford to lose its entire
investment in the Shares, has been furnished the materials relating to Buyer’s purchase of the Shares which it has requested, and Seller has provided Buyer the opportunity to ask questions of the officers and management employees of the
Acquired Companies and to acquire additional information about the business and financial condition of the Acquired Companies. Buyer is acquiring the Shares for investment and not with a view toward or for sale in connection with any distribution
thereof, or with any present intention of distributing or selling such Shares. Buyer agrees that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration available under such Act. 
 (g) Funding.

 (i) Section 3.3(g)(i) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, accurate and complete copy of the
executed commitment letter from Credit Suisse, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Loan Finance LLC and UBS Securities LLC (the “Debt Commitment Letter”), pursuant to which,
and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the lender parties thereto have committed to lend the amounts set forth therein to Buyer for the purpose of funding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Debt
Financing”). Section 3.3(g)(ii) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, accurate and complete copy of the executed commitment letter (the “Equity Commitment Letter” and together with the Debt
Commitment Letter, the “Financing Commitments”) from Blackstone Capital Partners V Merchant Banking Fund L.P. (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Investor has committed, subject to the terms and conditions set
forth therein, to invest the amounts set forth therein, to purchase Equity Interests of Buyer ( the “Equity Financing” and together with the Debt Financing, the “Financing”). The Equity Commitment Letter provides
that the Investor is guaranteeing Buyer’s obligations to Seller, subject to the limits set forth therein. 
 (ii) As of
the date of this Agreement, the Financing Commitments are in full force and effect and have not been withdrawn or terminated or otherwise amended or modified in any respect. Each of the Financing Commitments, in the form so delivered, is a legal,
valid and binding obligation of Buyer and, to the knowledge of Buyer, the other parties thereto. As of the date hereof, there are no other agreements, side letters or arrangements relating to the Financing Commitments that could affect the
availability of the Debt Financing or the Equity Financing. Buyer has no reason to believe that it 
  

 38 

 will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of closing to be satisfied by it
contained in the Financing Commitments. Buyer has fully paid any and all commitment fees or other fees required by the Financing Commitments to be paid on or before the date of this Agreement. The aggregate proceeds from the Financing will
constitute all of the financing required to be provided by Buyer, and will be sufficient for the satisfaction of all of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including the payment of the Purchase Price and the payment of all associated costs and expenses (the “Required Amount”). The Financing Commitments contain all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the parties
thereunder to make the Financing available to Buyer on the terms therein. 
 (h) Brokers’ Fees. No broker,
investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Buyer, for which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries have or will have any liability. 
 (i)
Other Business Interests. Section 3.3(i) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter lists, as of the date of this Agreement, with respect to the private equity funds of which Affiliates of The Blackstone Group serve as general partner
and investment adviser, all portfolio company investees in which such private equity funds own more than a five percent stake. 
 Section
3.4 No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2, neither Seller, the Company nor any other Person on behalf of Seller or the Company or
any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Seller, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or with respect to any other information provided to Buyer, its Affiliates, agents
or representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither Seller, the Company nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or other obligation to Buyer, its Affiliates, agents or representatives
or any Person resulting from the sale of the Shares to Buyer or Buyer’s use of, or the use by any of Buyer’s Affiliates, agents or representatives of, any such information, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts of
other material made available to Buyer, its Affiliates or representatives in certain “data rooms”, offering memorandum, Offering Materials or management presentations in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
unless any such information is expressly and specifically included in a representation or warranty contained in Section 3.1 or Section 3.2. Each of Seller and the Company disclaims any and all other representations and warranties, whether
express or implied. 
  

 39 

 ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.1 Conduct of the Company’s Business. 
 (a) Seller agrees that, during the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in
accordance with its terms, except (i) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) as required by applicable Law, (iii) as set forth in Section 4.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (iv) as set forth in, in
pursuit of or otherwise pursuant to the Separation Agreement (including the incurrence, use of proceeds from and repayment of Indebtedness under the Travelport Facility), (v) as consented to by Buyer in writing (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (vi) in connection with the projects, matters and actions described on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter, Seller shall cause the Acquired Companies to conduct their respective
businesses and operations in the ordinary course of business and, subject to the foregoing, shall procure that the Acquired Companies shall not: 
 (i) authorize or effect any amendment to or change its Organizational Documents in any material respect (it being understood that any such change that would negatively affect the Debt Financing shall be deemed to be
material); 
 (ii) issue or authorize the issuance of any Equity Interests, or grant any options, warrants, or other rights
to purchase or obtain any of its Equity Interests or issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests, other than to an Acquired Company; 
 (iii) issue any note, bond, or other debt security, or create, incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness or any material capitalized lease obligation, in each case (A) in excess of $10,000,000 and other than
Current Liabilities or (B) which would be adverse in any material respect to the Financing; 
 (iv) with respect to
Contracts that are not Specified Contracts, except in the ordinary course of business, enter into any Contract that, had it been entered into prior to the date hereof, would be a Company Contract, or materially amend, modify, terminate or cancel
(1) any existing Company Contract or Contract with any Affiliate of the Company, other than the Separation Agreements or (2) any Contract that is, or had it been entered into prior to the date hereof would be, a Company Contract;

 (v) enter into or materially amend, modify, terminate or cancel any Specified Contract unless such action is in the
ordinary course of business and either (1) such Specified Contract or amendment or modification thereof contains terms and conditions substantially similar, taken as a whole, to 
  

 40 

 other Specified Contracts of a similar nature to which an Acquired Company is a party or (2) the
relevant Acquired Company has reasonably consulted with Buyer prior to entering into, amending, modifying, terminating or canceling such Specified Contract; 
 (vi) except in the ordinary course of business, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the material property
rights (including material Intellectual Property), assets or rights of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, other than distributions of cash to any Affiliate of Seller, and other than as required pursuant to existing contracts or commitments;

 (vii) make any capital expenditure, or commitments therefor, in excess of the amounts set forth in the capital expenditure
budget set forth in Section 4.1(a)(vii) of the Company Disclosure Letter the (“Capex Budget”); 
 (viii) cancel, compromise or settle any material Action, or intentionally waive or release any material rights, of any Acquired Company; 
 (ix) adopt, enter into, amend, alter, or terminate (or grant any waiver or consent under) any Company Plan or grant or agree to grant any increase in the wages, salary, bonus or other compensation, remuneration or
benefits of any executive-level employee of any Acquired Company, except as required under applicable Law, any existing Company Plan or any existing employment agreement; 
 (x) make any changes to their accounting principles or practices, other than as may be required by Law, GAAP or generally accepted
accounting principles in the jurisdictions of incorporation of the relevant Acquired Company; 
 (xi) acquire (by merger,
consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or collection of assets constituting all or substantially all of a business or business unit or make any investment in
any Person in excess of $15,000,000; 
 (xii) discontinue any business material to the Acquired Companies; 
 (xiii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or distribution on or in respect of any of its Equity Interests, other than any dividend or
distribution paid prior to the Closing Date exclusively in cash, Equity Interests of any Acquired Company or a combination of Equity Interests of any Acquired Company and cash in the case of Equity Interests, to the extent distributed to the Company
or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company; 
  

 41 

 (xiv) change in any material respect the policies or practices of any Acquired Company
with regard to the extension of discounts or credit to customers or collection of receivables from customers; 
 (xv)
(A) make or change any material Tax election, file any amended Tax Return, or settle or compromise any proceeding with respect to any material Tax claim or assessment related to any Acquired Company, that, in each case, reasonably could
increase Taxes of such Acquired Company after the Closing; (B) surrender any right to claim a refund of material Taxes that would be for Buyer’s account under this Agreement; or (C) change any accounting method with respect to
material Taxes, or enter into any closing agreement; 
 (xvi) except pursuant to the Separation Agreements, enter into or
adopt a plan or agreement of recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation or adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution; 
 (xvii) amend or modify any of the Separation Agreements in a manner adverse to Buyer or any of the Acquired Companies; and 
 (xviii) agree or otherwise commit to take any of the actions prohibited by the foregoing clauses (i) through (xvi) above. 
 (b) From and after the date hereof until the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute the Capex Budget for such period. 
 (c) At the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall have no less than $25,000,000 of cash and cash equivalents. 
 (d) Other than the right to consent or withhold consent with respect to the foregoing matters, nothing contained herein shall give Buyer any right to
manage, control, direct or be involved in the management of Seller, the Company, or their respective Subsidiaries or businesses prior to the Closing. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, each Acquired Company shall be permitted to incur indebtedness to any other Acquired Companies in connection with transferring cash or cash equivalents among the
Acquired Companies; provided, however, that Seller shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use reasonable best efforts to effect such transfers without incurring such indebtedness to the extent such other means of transfer do
not result in costs to any of the Acquired Companies or otherwise adversely impact Seller or any of the Acquired Companies. To the extent any such indebtedness is incurred and will remain outstanding following the Closing, the final maturity of such
indebtedness shall not occur prior to a date which is less than ten and one-half (10.5) years following the Closing. 
  

 42 

 Section 4.2 Employment Matters. 
 (a) Upon the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies shall continue to employ all individuals who are employees of any Acquired Company on the Closing Date,
including employees not actively at work due to injury, vacation, military duty, disability or other leave of absence (the “Affected Employees”). Until at least December 31, 2007, Buyer shall not reduce any Affected
Employee’s base salary or incentive compensation opportunity, each as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict Buyer’s or the Acquired Companies’ ability to choose the
form of such incentive compensation opportunity), and shall provide employee benefits and compensation (excluding equity-based benefits and compensation) to Affected Employees that are no less favorable in the aggregate (excluding, for this purpose,
any compensation arrangements designed for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreements) than those provided to such persons immediately prior to the Closing Date whether arising under
a Company Plan or any Seller Plan. Periods of employment with any Acquired Company (including, without limitation, any current or former Affiliate of the Company or any predecessor, to the extent previously recognized under the Company Plans), shall
be taken into account for purposes of determining, as applicable, the eligibility for participation, vesting and the calculation of benefits (including severance) of any employee under all employee benefit plans offered by Buyer or an Affiliate of
Buyer to the Affected Employees, including vacation plans or arrangements, 401(k) or other retirement plans and any severance or welfare plans (but excluding for purposes of any defined benefit pension plan or post-employment welfare benefit plan).
Buyer shall cause the Acquired Companies to (i) waive any limitation on medical coverage of Affected Employees due to pre-existing conditions under the applicable medical plan of Buyer to the extent such Affected Employees are currently covered
under a medical employee benefit plan of any Acquired Company or their Affiliates and (ii) credit each Affected Employee with all deductible payments and co-payments paid by such employee under the medical employee benefit plan of the Company
or its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date during the year in which the Closing occurs for the purpose of determining the extent to which any such employee has satisfied his or her deductible and whether he or she has reached the out-of-pocket
maximum under any medical plan of Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer for such year. 
 (b) Prior to the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies
shall withdraw, effective as of the Closing Date, from any Seller Plan in the manner, if any, that such Seller Plan specifies for withdrawal of a participating employer. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the general provisions of Section 4.2(a), until at least December 31, 2007, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, provide each Affected Employee with severance benefits that are
no less favorable than (i) those that would have been provided to such Affected Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date or (ii) those that may be provided to such Affected Employee under the terms of a severance plan of Buyer or its
Affiliates, whichever is more favorable to such Affected Employee on the date of termination of employment. 
  

 43 

 (d) The parties hereby agree to take all actions necessary to effectuate the provisions set forth on
Section 4.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 (e) Seller, Buyer and the Company acknowledge and agree that all provisions
contained in this Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 with respect to Affected Employees are included for the sole benefit of Buyer and the Company and shall not create any right (i) in any other Person, including, Affected Employees, Company
Plans or any beneficiary thereof or (ii) to continued employment with Buyer, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates. 
 Section 4.3 Retention Payments. 
 Buyer shall take all actions necessary to assume and honor any Company Plan that
expressly requires such assumption. The Acquired Companies shall be solely responsible for all liabilities relating to the amendment, termination or alleged termination of any Company Plan following the Closing Date. The Acquired Companies and
Seller shall share responsibility for stay bonuses, transaction bonuses and fees and other retention payments (each, a “Retention Payment”) (it being understood that Retention Payments shall not include (i) any severance
payments other than Severance Costs and (ii) the 2006 Award as described in Section 4.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter) due from any Acquired Company under any agreement with employees, officers and other service providers of
the Acquired Companies (each, a “Retention Letter”). Seller shall pay one-half of each Retention Payment on the Closing Date (to the extent not previously paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable Retention Letter) (the
“Seller Portion Retention Payment”) and (ii) the Buyer shall cause the Company to assume and honor the Retention Letters and shall pay, or shall cause the Company to pay, the balance of each Retention Payment in accordance with
the terms of the applicable Retention Letter, but in no event later than the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Company Portion Retention Payment”). Buyer agrees to pay Seller an amount equal to the product of (A) 0.65
and (B) all Company Portion Retention Payments that are forfeited on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date by, and any amounts otherwise not paid on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date to any, Affected Employee
party to a Retention Letter in accordance with the Retention Letter to which such Affected Employee is a party. The payment contemplated by the foregoing sentence shall be made promptly following the first anniversary of the Closing Date by wire
transfer of immediately available funds (it being understood that any such payments that are rolled over into Equity Interest or other securities of Buyer will be deemed paid unless forfeited on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing
Date). 
 Section 4.4 Publicity. Buyer and Seller agree to communicate with each other and cooperate with each other
prior to any public disclosure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer and Seller agree that no public release or announcement concerning the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be issued by any party
without the prior consent of Buyer and Seller, except (i) as such release or announcement, upon the advice of outside counsel, may be required by Law or the rules and regulations of any stock exchange upon which the securities of Seller are
listed, in which case the party required to make the release or announcement, to 
  

 44 

 the extent practicable after using reasonable best efforts to avoid such disclosure, shall allow the other parties
reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance and (ii) Seller may disclose any information concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which it deems appropriate in its reasonable judgment
after reasonable advance notice to Buyer, in light of its status as a publicly owned company, including without limitation to securities analysts and institutional investors and in press interviews and Governmental Filings. 
 Section 4.5 Confidentiality. 
 (a) Buyer and its Representatives shall treat all nonpublic information obtained in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as confidential in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality
Agreement. The terms of the Confidentiality Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing, at which time such Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate. If this Agreement is, for any
reason, terminated prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as provided in Section 6.2 in accordance with its terms. 
 (b) From and after the Closing, (i) Buyer shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, keep confidential and not use for any purpose all
nonpublic information regarding Seller and its current and former Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies) of which the Acquired Companies are actually aware and (ii) except as contemplated by the Separation Agreements, Seller shall, and
shall cause its Affiliates to, keep confidential and not use for any purpose all nonpublic information regarding Buyer or its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) of which Seller and its Affiliates are actually aware, except, in each case,
to the extent required by Law. 
 Section 4.6 Access to Information. 
 (a) Subject to Section 4.5, Seller shall cause its officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to afford the officers, directors,
employees, auditors, providers of financing, counsel, financial advisors and other agents of Buyer reasonable access during normal business hours to the officers, directors, employees, agents, properties, offices and other facilities of the Acquired
Companies and their books and records, and shall furnish Buyer with such financial, operating and other data and information with respect to the Acquired Companies, as Buyer, through its officers, employees, auditors, providers of financing,
counsel, financial advisors or other agents, may reasonably request. In exercising its rights hereunder, Buyer shall conduct itself so as not to unreasonably interfere in the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies prior to Closing. Buyer
acknowledges and agrees that any contact by Buyer and its agents and representatives with officers, employees, customers or agents of the Acquired Companies hereunder shall be arranged and supervised by representatives of Seller, unless Seller
otherwise expressly consents with respect to any specific contact. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) shall be required to disclose to
Buyer or any agent or representative thereof any (i) information (A) relating to any sale 
  

 45 

 or divestiture process conducted by Seller or its Affiliates for the Company or its business or Seller’s or its
Affiliates’ (or their representatives’) evaluation of the Company or its business in connection therewith, including projections, financial or other information relating thereto or (B) if doing so, in Seller’s good faith opinion,
could violate any Contract or Law to which Seller or any of its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) is a party or is subject or which it believes in good faith could result in a loss of the ability to successfully assert a claim of
privilege (including without limitation, the attorney-client and work product privileges) or (ii) consolidated, combined, unitary or similar Tax Return of which Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than any of the Acquired Companies) is the
common parent or any other information relating to Taxes or Tax Returns other than information relating solely to the Acquired Companies. 
 (b) After the Closing for a period of seven years, upon reasonable written notice, Buyer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Seller and its counsel, auditors, agents and representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours,
to such information and assistance relating solely to the Acquired Companies as is necessary for any reasonable business purpose, including, without limitation, financial reporting and accounting matters or in connection with any disclosure
obligation or the defense of any Action. Seller shall reimburse the Company for reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in assisting Seller pursuant to this Section 4.6(b). 
 Section 4.7 Filings and Authorizations, Including HSR Act Filing. 
 (a) Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, promptly file or cause to be filed all necessary
Governmental Filings, including, but not limited to, (i) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement file all required Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) as
promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement file all required Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iii) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than five
(5) Business Days of the date of this Agreement filing the FSA Notice with the FSA and (iv) submissions of additional information requested by any Governmental Entity. Each of Buyer and Seller further agrees that it shall, and shall cause
its Affiliates to, comply with any applicable post-Closing notification or other requirements of the FSA or of any antitrust, trade competition, investment or control reporting or similar Law or regulation of any Governmental Entity with competent
jurisdiction. Each of Buyer and Seller agrees to cooperate with and promptly to consult with, to provide any reasonably available information with respect to, and to provide, subject to appropriate confidentiality provisions, copies of all
presentations and filings to any Governmental Entity to the other party or its counsel. 
 (b) In addition to the agreements set forth in
Section 4.6(a) above, Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consents, approvals, waivers or other authorizations from Governmental Entities, including without limitation, any approvals required by the FSA in connection with
Buyer’s acquisition of the control of Bastion, respectively, and antitrust clearance under the HSR Act and any Foreign 
  

 46 

 Antitrust Merger Control Laws, as promptly as practicable, and in any event prior to the Outside Date, and that any
conditions set forth in or established by any such consents, clearances, approvals, waivers or other authorizations from Governmental Entities are wholly satisfied. In fulfillment of this covenant, Buyer agrees, among other steps or actions and
without limiting the scope of Buyer’s obligations, to: 
 (i) offer and agree to an order providing for the divestiture
by Buyer and its Affiliates of such properties, assets, operations or businesses (including such properties, assets, or operations of any of the Acquired Companies) as are necessary to permit Buyer fully to complete the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement; 
 (ii) offer and agree to hold separate such properties, assets, operations or businesses, pending the
satisfaction or termination of any such conditions, restrictions or agreements affecting Buyer’s full rights of ownership of any of the Acquired Companies (or any portion thereof) as may be necessary to permit Buyer fully to complete the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement; 
 (iii) agree to the conditions requested by the FSA in connection with its
approval of Buyer’s acquisition of control of Bastion including, but not limited to, any such condition (i) restricting the ability of Buyer to place any Encumbrance on the shares of stock of Bastion once it acquires control of Bastion,
(ii) restricting the use of dividends issued by Bastion or (iii) restricting or otherwise affecting the business plan or business activities of Bastion; and 
 (iv) Buyer and Seller agree to oppose fully and vigorously any Action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including, without limitation, to appeal promptly any adverse decision or order by any Governmental Entity or, if reasonably requested by Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, to commence or threaten to commence and to pursue vigorously
any Action reasonably believed to be helpful in obtaining authorization from Governmental Entities or in terminating any outstanding Action; it being understood that the costs and expenses of all such Action shall be borne by Buyer. 
 Section 4.8 Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification. 
 (a) If the Closing occurs, Buyer shall and shall cause the Acquired Companies to take any necessary actions to provide that all rights to indemnification and all limitations on liability existing in favor of any
current or former officers, directors, managers or employees of any of the Acquired Companies (or their respective predecessors) (collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”), as provided in (i) the Organizational Documents of any
of the Acquired Companies in effect on the date of this Agreement or (ii) any agreement providing for indemnification by any Acquired Company of any of the Company Indemnitees in effect on the date of this Agreement and which is disclosed to
Buyer on or before the date hereof (an “Indemnity Agreement”) to 
  

 47 

 which Seller or any Acquired Company is a party shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and continue in full force and effect on equal or more favorable terms (including, at the option of Buyer, in new indemnity agreements) and be honored by the Acquired Companies after the Closing; provided, that such indemnification shall
be subject to limitations imposed from time to time by Law. Buyer further agrees to assume or cause the Company to comply with the indemnification and continuing insurance obligations of Seller under each of the agreements set forth on
Section 4.8 of the Company Disclosure Letter. Without the prior written consent of such Company Indemnitee, Buyer shall not and shall cause the Acquired Companies not to settle any matter for which it or they are providing
indemnification to any Company Indemnitee other than any settlement exclusively requiring the payment of monetary damages to be paid entirely by or on behalf of the indemnifying party. 
 (b) For six years from the Closing, Buyer shall cause to be maintained in effect for the benefit of the Company’s directors and officers an
insurance and indemnification policy with an insurer with a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A that provides coverage for acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing (the “D&O Insurance”) covering each
such person currently covered by the officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policies held by or for the benefit of the Company on terms with respect to coverage and in amounts no less favorable than those of the Company’s
directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to pay annual premiums for such D&O Insurance in excess of $5,500,000. Buyer may
satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.8(b) by purchasing a “tail” policy from an insurer with a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A under the Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ insurance
policy, which (i) has an effective term of six years from the Closing, (ii) covers each person currently covered by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement for actions
and omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing and (iii) contains terms that are no less favorable than those of the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any Action (whether arising before, at or after the Closing) is made against any person covered
by the D&O Insurance on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Closing, the provisions of this Section 4.8 shall continue in effect until the final disposition of such Action. 
 (d) In the event that the Company or Buyer or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person
and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or a majority of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be
made so that the successors and assigns of the Company or Buyer, as the case may be, shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 4.8. 
  

 48 

 (e) The obligations of Buyer under this Section 4.8 shall not be terminated or modified in such a
manner as to adversely affect any indemnitee to whom this Section 4.8 applies without the express written consent of such affected indemnitee (it being expressly agreed that the indemnitees to whom this Section 4.8 applies shall be third
party beneficiaries of this Section 4.8). 
 Section 4.9 Reasonable Best Efforts. 
 (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and without limiting the obligations of
the parties under Section 4.7, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done and to assist and cooperate with the other party hereto in doing all things
necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws and regulations to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (i) the
satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the obligations of any of the parties hereto; (ii) the obtaining of applicable consents, waivers or approvals of any third parties (including Governmental Entities); (iii) the defending of any
Actions, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance of the obligations hereunder; and (iv) the execution and delivery of such instruments, and the taking of such other actions as the other party hereto may
reasonably require in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of Seller, the Company, Buyer or any of their respective Affiliates shall be obligated to make any payments or otherwise pay any consideration
to any third party to obtain any applicable consent, waiver or approval, other than any payment to a Governmental Entity necessary for the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Article V. 
 (b) Each party hereto shall promptly inform the others of any communication from any Governmental Entity regarding any of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement. If any party or Affiliate thereof receives a request for additional information or documentary material from any such Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then such party shall use
its reasonable best efforts to make, or cause to be made, as soon as practicable and after consultation with the other party, an appropriate response in compliance with such request. 
 Section 4.10 Insurance. Buyer acknowledges that all insurance coverage for the Acquired Companies under policies of Seller and its
Affiliates shall terminate as of the Closing and, following the Closing, no claims may be brought against any policy of Seller and its Affiliates in respect any Acquired Company regardless of whether the events underlying such claim arose prior to
or after the Closing, except pursuant to the Separation Agreements. 
  

 49 

 Section 4.11 Termination of Agreements. 
 (a) On and as of the Closing, except for (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Separation Agreements and (iii) those Contracts, if any, set forth
on Section 4.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, all Contracts between any Acquired Company, on the one hand, and Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies), on the other hand (the “Terminating
Contracts“) shall be terminated as between them without any further force and effect, and there shall be no further obligations of any of the relevant parties thereunder following the Closing. Buyer agrees to take, and to cause the Acquired
Companies to take, and Seller agrees to take, and to cause its Affiliates to take, any action following the Closing that would be required to give effect to the termination of the Terminating Contracts. 
 (b) Except as set forth in Section 4.11(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, all inter-company accounts, whether payables or receivables,
between Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies), on the one hand, and the Acquired Companies, on the other hand, as of the Closing shall be eliminated (by way of capital contribution, cash settlement or as otherwise
determined by Seller in its sole discretion) prior to the Closing Date, after reasonable consultation with Buyer; provided, however, that such eliminations of inter-company accounts shall be completed in a manner that does not have any
adverse financial or Tax consequences to Buyer or the Acquired Companies following the Closing. 
 Section 4.12 Release of
Guarantees. Prior to the Closing Date, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate and shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to, effective as of the Closing Date, (i) terminate or cause to be terminated, or cause Buyer or one
of its Affiliates to be substituted in all respects for Seller and any of its Affiliates or former Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies) (collectively, the “Released Parties”) in respect of all obligations of the Released
Parties under, any guarantee of or relating to obligations or liabilities (including under any Contract, letter of credit or Company Lease) of the Acquired Companies listed on Section 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Letter
(“Guarantees”) or entered into or issued following the date hereof in the ordinary course of business (including renewals and extensions of any of the foregoing) and (ii) cause Buyer or one of its Affiliates to have surety
bonds (and any necessary collateral, indemnity or other agreements associated therewith) issued on behalf of Buyer or one of its Affiliates in replacement of, but not having materially worse terms for the Buyer and the Acquired Companies than, all
surety bonds (and all collateral, indemnity and other agreements associated therewith) issued on behalf of the Released Parties for the benefit of any of the Acquired Companies and listed on Section 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Letter
(the “Surety Bonds”) or issued following the date hereof in the ordinary course of business (including renewals and extensions of any of the foregoing). In the case of the failure to do so by the by the Closing Date, then, Seller,
on the one hand, and Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, on the other hand, shall continue to cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts to terminate, or cause Buyer or one of its Affiliates to be substituted in all
respects for the Released Parties in respect of, all obligations of the Released Parties under any such Guarantees and to replace surety bonds issued on behalf of Released Parties with surety bonds issued 
  

 50 

 on behalf of Buyer or one of its Affiliates, and Buyer shall (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Released Parties
for any Damages arising from such Guarantees and surety bonds and (ii) not permit any Acquired Company or Affiliates to (A) renew or extend the term of or (B) increase its obligations under, or transfer to another third party, any
loan, lease, Contract or other obligation for which any Released Party is or would reasonably be expected to be liable under such Guarantee and Surety Bond. To the extent that any Released Party has performance obligations under any such Guarantee
or Surety Bond, Buyer shall use reasonable best efforts to (i) perform such obligations on behalf of such Released Party or (ii) otherwise take such action as reasonably requested by Seller so as to put such Released Party in the same
position as if Buyer, and not such Released Party, had performed or were performing such obligations. 
 Section 4.13 Provision of
Certain Services. Buyer acknowledges that the Acquired Companies currently receive from Seller and its Affiliates certain administrative and corporate services and benefits of a type generally provided to other businesses and Subsidiaries of
Seller (“Support Services”). Seller, the Company and Buyer acknowledge that, except as provided in the Separation Agreements, the Support Services shall cease at Closing, and all agreements and arrangements (whether or not in
writing) in respect thereof shall terminate as of the Closing Date, with no further obligation of any party thereto. 
 Section 4.14
Website. For up to 180 days following the Closing Date, to the extent that Seller maintains a website at <www.cendant.com>, it shall include on such website a mutually-agreeable (i) statement as to the transactions contemplated
herein and (ii) link to Buyer’s website for the Acquired Companies. The parties shall cooperate to transition all content of the Acquired Companies on Seller’s website to Buyer’s website within fifteen (15) days following
the Closing Date. 
 Section 4.15 Tax Matters. 
 (a) Tax Return Preparation. 
 (i) Seller shall (and shall cause its
Affiliates to), to the extent permitted by applicable Tax Law and consistent with prior year practice, include the Acquired Companies in the consolidated federal income Tax Returns and any combined, consolidated or unitary state and local Tax
Returns filed by Seller for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (“Seller Consolidated Returns”), including the short-period ending on the Closing Date. With respect to each Seller Consolidated Return for a Tax year or period that includes
the Closing Date, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the due date (taking into account any valid extensions thereof) (“Due Date”) for the filing of such Seller Consolidated Return, Seller shall submit, or cause to be
submitted, to Buyer for its review a draft calculation of the Section 338 Taxes and Extraordinary Transaction Taxes due and owing for the Tax period covered by such Seller Consolidated Return. Within thirty (30) days following Buyer’s
receipt of such calculation, Buyer shall have the right to object to such calculation by written notice to 
  

 51 

 Seller. If Buyer does not object by written notice to Seller within such time period, such calculation
shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(a)(i). If Buyer objects to such calculation, it shall notify Seller in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for
its objection, and Buyer and Seller shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If Buyer and Seller have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting
Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Buyer and Seller, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days from the date of presentation but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of the relevant
Seller Consolidated Return. With respect to each such Seller Consolidated Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Seller Consolidated Return, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the liability for
Section 338 Taxes and Extraordinary Transaction Taxes that are due and payable on the face of such Seller Consolidated Return. 
 (ii) To the extent not filed prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by any Acquired Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods, other than Tax Returns
which are described in clause (i) of this Section 4.15(a) (each, a “Pre-Closing Period Tax Return”). Buyer shall prepare such returns in a manner consistent with past practice, except as required by applicable Law. Seller
shall allow Buyer reasonable access to any and all data and information reasonably necessary for the preparation of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns and shall cooperate fully with Buyer in the preparation of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns.
With respect to each Pre-Closing Period Tax Return filed after the Closing Date, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, Buyer shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to Seller
for its review a draft of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return. Within thirty (30) days following Seller’s receipt of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, Seller shall have the right to object to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return by written
notice to Buyer. If Seller does not object by written notice to Buyer within such time period, such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this
Section 4.15(a)(ii). If Seller objects to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, it shall notify Buyer in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Seller and Buyer shall act in good faith to resolve any such
dispute as promptly as practicable. If Buyer and Seller have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Buyer and Seller, and who
shall make such determination within ten (10) days from the date of presentation but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return. With respect to each such Pre-Closing 
  

 52 

 Period Tax Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing Period Tax
Return, (x) Buyer shall submit to Seller a final draft of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return and (y) Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the liability for Pre-Closing Taxes that are shown to be due and payable on the face of such
Pre-Closing Period Tax Return. Buyer shall cause the applicable Acquired Company to file each Pre-Closing Period Tax Return and pay to the applicable Tax authority all amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Pre-Closing Period Tax
Return. 
 (iii) Buyer shall, or shall cause each Acquired Company to, prepare (or cause to be prepared) all Tax Returns that
are required to be filed by each Acquired Company for all Straddle Periods (each, a “Straddle Period Tax Return”). All such Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed in a manner that is consistent with prior practice,
except as required by applicable Law. With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Straddle Period Tax Return, Buyer shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to
Seller for its review a draft of such Straddle Period Tax Return, and shall notify Seller of Buyer’s calculation of the Taxes of such Straddle Period allocated to the Interim Period of such Straddle Period (in accordance with this Agreement).
Within thirty (30) days following Seller’s receipt of such Straddle Period Tax Return (and the calculation of the Taxes allocated to the Interim Period of the Straddle Period), Seller shall have the right to object to such Straddle Period
Tax Return or calculation by written notice to Buyer. If Seller does not object by written notice to Buyer within such time period, such Straddle Period Tax Return and calculation shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and
conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(a)(iii). If Seller objects to such Straddle Period Tax Return and/or calculation of the Taxes allocated to the Interim Period of the Straddle Period (in accordance with this Agreement), it shall
notify Buyer in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Seller and Buyer shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If Seller and Buyer have not reached agreement regarding
such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Seller and Buyer, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days but in no event later than five
(5) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return. With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount
equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes that are shown to be due and payable on the face of such Straddle Period Tax Return that are allocable to any Interim Period, in accordance with the principles set forth in the definition of the term “Pre-Closing
Taxes”. Buyer shall cause the Company or applicable Subsidiary 
  

 53 

 (as the case may be) to file each Straddle Period Tax Return and pay to the applicable Tax authority all
amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Straddle Period Tax Return. 
 (b) Tax Matters Cooperation.
Buyer, the Acquired Companies and Seller shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies and
any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or
other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Acquired Companies, Seller and Buyer shall (i) retain all books and records
with respect to Tax matters pertinent to each of the Acquired Companies relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Buyer or Seller, any extensions
thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Tax authority and (ii) give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such
books and records and, if the other party so requests, shall allow the requesting party to take possession of such books and records. 
 (c)
Section 338 Election. 
 (i) Except as provided in clause (ii) below, neither Buyer nor Seller
nor any of their Affiliates shall make or cause to be made any election under Section 338 of the Code in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (ii) To the extent requested by Buyer, Seller shall join Buyer in timely making elections under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code (and
any corresponding elections under state, local, or foreign tax law) (collectively the “Section 338(h)(10) Elections”) with respect to the purchase and sale of the stock of any Acquired Companies other than those listed on
Section 4.15(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter (such companies other than those listed on Section 4.15(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter the “Section 338(h)(10) Companies”), and Buyer and Seller shall
cooperate in the completion and timely filing of such elections in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.338(h)(10)-1 (or any comparable provisions of state, local or foreign Tax law) or any successor provision. Buyer
may at its discretion make elections under Section 338(g) of the Code (and any corresponding elections under state, local, or foreign tax law) (together with the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, the “Section 338 Elections”)
with respect to the stock of any Acquired Company that is not a United States domestic corporation. Buyer shall not make a 338(g) Election for any United States domestic corporation. Seller and Buyer shall determine the fair market value of the
assets of the Section 338(h)(10) Companies and the allocation of Purchase Price (as required pursuant to section 338(h)(10) of the Code and 
  

 54 

 regulations promulgated thereunder), together with applicable liabilities, among such assets. The parties
shall agree on a schedule setting forth the allocation as soon as practicable after the Closing Date. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall take any position on any Tax Return or with any taxing authority that is inconsistent with such allocation.

 (d) Limitations on Actions Affecting Pre-Closing Taxes. Except as required by applicable Law, neither Buyer nor any
of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies) shall, without the prior written consent of Seller, make or change any Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax election of or with respect to any Acquired Company or amend, refile or
otherwise modify (or grant an extension of any applicable statute of limitations with respect to) any Tax Return of any Acquired Company for a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof) that could result in any increased Tax liability of any
Acquired Company (or Seller or any of its Affiliates) in respect of a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof). 
 (e) Tax
Package. To the extent not previously provided, Buyer (at its own cost and expense) shall prepare and provide or cause to be prepared and provided to Seller a Tax Package for each relevant Acquired Company. The Tax Package shall be provided
to Seller as promptly as practicable but in the case of the Tax Package for Seller’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2006, shall be provided no later than May 31, 2007. For the avoidance of doubt, in the
event Buyer does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Section 4.15(e), Seller shall be entitled, at the sole cost and expense of Buyer, to prepare or cause to be prepared the information included in the Tax Package for purposes of
preparing any such Tax Return. 
 (f) Certain Tax Agreements. As of the Closing, all Tax indemnification agreements and Tax
sharing agreements between the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Seller or its Subsidiaries (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, shall be terminated and, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall
have no further rights or obligations under any such Tax indemnification agreement or Tax sharing agreement. 
 (g) Tax
Indemnification. 
 (i) Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Buyer, the Company, and Affiliates
thereof for, any Damages attributable to (a) Pre-Closing Taxes, (b) Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which any Acquired Company is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including
pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or foreign law or regulation, (c) except for amounts payable under the Orbitz Tax Agreement, which shall be exclusively governed by the provisions
of clause (ii) of this Section 4.15(g), all Taxes of any person imposed on any Acquired Company or any other liability imposed under any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, Tax allocation or similar contracts (whether or not written) to which the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries was obligated, or was a party, on or prior to the Closing Date, and (d)
  

 55 

 notwithstanding Section 7.4, any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense attributable to any
breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.2(l)(v), Section 3.2(l)(vii) or Section 3.2(l)(viii). 
 (ii) Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Buyer, the Company, and Affiliates thereof for, any Damages attributable to any liability or obligation under the Tax Agreement dated as of November 25,
2003, by and among Orbitz, Inc., American Airlines, Inc., Continental Airlines, Inc., Omicron Reservations Management, Inc., Northwest Airlines, Inc., and UAL Loyalty Services, Inc. (the “Orbitz Tax Agreement”) that relates to a
payment required to be made to any Airline (as defined in the Orbitz Tax Agreement) under the Orbitz Tax Agreement after the Closing Date to the extent that such payment is attributable to (1) Actually Realized Tax Benefits (as defined in the
Orbitz Tax Agreement) that are realized by Seller, Realogy, Wyndham, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (other than the Acquired Companies), regardless of when realized; or (2) Realized Tax Benefits (as defined in the Orbitz Tax
Agreement) that are realized by the Acquired Companies to the extent that such Actually Realized Tax Benefits are not realized in a Post-Closing Tax Period. 
 (iii) Buyer shall be responsible for and shall indemnify Seller and its Affiliates for any Damages attributable to Section 338 Taxes
and any Extraordinary Transaction Taxes. 
 (iv) Except in the case of any Acquired Company with respect to which a
Section 338(h)(10) Election is made, in calculating amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.15(g), with respect to liabilities or indemnified amounts for any Acquired Company such amounts shall be determined without duplication and
computed net of any Tax Benefit Actually Realized by any payee or its Affiliate; provided, however, that if a Tax Benefit attributable to an amount paid pursuant to this Section 4.15(g) is Actually Realized after the payment date
of such amount paid the party realizing such Tax Benefit shall promptly pay it to the other party; provided, further, that in the event a Tax Benefit is reduced as a result of a determination by any Governmental Entity in a later year,
the indemnified party shall be reimbursed by the indemnifying party for such reduction. The determination of whether there has been a Tax Benefit shall be made solely at the indemnified party’s good faith discretion. In computing the amount of
any such Tax Benefit, the indemnified party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any item arising from the payment of any indemnified Tax. 
 (h) Tax Indemnification Procedures. 
 (i) If a notice of deficiency, proposed adjustment, adjustment, assessment, audit, examination or other administrative or court proceeding, suit, dispute or other claim (a “Tax Claim”) shall be
delivered or sent to or commenced or initiated against any Acquired Company by any Tax authority with respect to Taxes or Tax Returns of any Acquired Company for which Buyer may reasonably be entitled to indemnification from Seller pursuant to
Section 4.15, Buyer shall promptly notify Seller in writing of the Tax Claim. 
  

 56 

 (ii) With respect to Tax Claims of or relating solely to Taxes of any Acquired Company
for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, Seller may, upon written notice to Buyer, assume and control the defense of such Tax Claim at its own cost and expense and with its own counsel. Buyer may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and
participate in the defense of the Tax Claim (including participation in any relevant meetings and conference calls). Seller shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any such Tax Claim without Buyer’s prior written consent, which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and shall keep Buyer informed of all developments and events relating to such Tax Claim (including promptly forwarding copies to Buyer of any related correspondence). 
 (iii) Seller and Buyer shall jointly control and participate in all proceedings taken in connection with any Tax Claim relating to a
Straddle Period, and shall bear their own respective costs and expenses. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall settle any such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the other. 
 (iv) The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period
shall be for the account of Seller, except to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets are taken into account in determining Net Working Capital. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes shall be for the
account of Buyer to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes are attributable (determined on a marginal basis) to the carryback from a Post-Closing Tax Period of items of loss, deduction or credit, or other Tax items, of the Acquired
Companies (or any of their respective Affiliates, including Buyer). The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of any Acquired Company for any Post-Closing Tax Period shall be for the account of Buyer. The amount or
economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Straddle Period shall be equitably apportioned between Seller and Buyer. Each party shall forward, and shall cause its Affiliates to forward, to the party
entitled to receive the amount or economic benefit of a refund, credit or offset to Tax the amount of such refund, or the economic benefit of such credit or offset to Tax, within ten (10) days after such refund is received or after such credit
or offset is allowed or applied against another Tax liability, as the case may be. 
 (i) Unless otherwise required by a final determination
of a Governmental Entity, the Parties shall treat all payments made pursuant to this Agreement after the Closing as adjustments to the Purchase Price. 
  

 57 

 (j) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4.15 shall
exclusively govern matters relating to Taxes of the Acquired Companies. 
 Section 4.16 Compliance with WARN Act and Similar
Statutes. Buyer shall not, and shall cause the Acquired Companies not to, at any time within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, effectuate (i) a “plant closing” (as defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Notification Act of 1988 (the “WARN Act”)) affecting any site of employment or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of the Acquired Companies or (ii) a “mass layoff” (as
defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or facility of the Acquired Companies; or, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), any similar action under any comparable state, local or foreign Law requiring notice to employees in the
event of a plant closing or layoff. For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer shall be responsible for notices or payments due to any employees, and all notices, payments, fines or assessments due to any Governmental Entity pursuant to any applicable
federal, state, local or foreign Law with respect to the employment, discharge or layoff of any employees by Buyer or any Acquired Company on or after the Closing, including but not limited to the WARN Act or any comparable state, local or foreign
Law. 
 Section 4.17 Buyer’s Financing Activities. 
 (a) Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Seller and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives shall
not have any responsibility for, or incur any liability to, any Person under, any financing that Buyer may raise in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (except for Seller’s obligations hereunder) any cooperation
provided pursuant to this Section 4.17. 
 (b) Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions
and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to (i) maintain in effect the Financing and the Financing Commitments, (ii) enter into definitive financing agreements with respect to the Financing, so that such
agreements are in effect as promptly as practicable but in any event no later than the Closing Date and (iii) consummate the Financing at or prior to Closing. Buyer shall provide to Seller copies of all documents relating to the Financing and
shall keep Seller reasonably informed of material developments in respect of the financing process relating thereto. Prior to the Closing, Buyer shall not agree to, or permit, any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Financing
Commitments or other documentation relating to the Financing in any material respect adverse (including with respect to conditionality or timing) to Seller without the prior written consent of Seller (it being understood that Buyer may agree to
amend the Financing Commitments to provide for the assignment of a portion of the debt commitment to additional agents or arrangers and granting such persons approval rights with respect to certain matters as are customarily granted to additional
agents or arrangers). Buyer shall promptly, upon request by Seller, reimburse Seller for all documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller or its Affiliates or representatives in connection with such cooperation. 
  

 58 

 (c) If, notwithstanding the use of reasonable best efforts by Buyer to satisfy its obligations under
Section 4.17(b), any of the Financing or the Financing Commitments (or any definitive financing agreement relating thereto) expire or are terminated or otherwise becomes unavailable prior to the Closing, in whole or in part, for any reason,
Buyer shall (i) promptly notify Seller of such expiration or termination and the reasons therefor and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts promptly to arrange for alternative financing (which shall be in an amount sufficient to pay the
Required Amounts from other sources and which do not include any conditions of such alternative debt financing that are materially more onerous than or in addition to the conditions set forth in the Financing), on comparable or more favorable terms
to Buyer, the Company and its Subsidiaries to replace the financing contemplated by such expired, terminated or unavailable commitments or agreements. 
 (d) Prior to the Closing and, with respect to clause (iv), prior to and following the Closing, Seller shall provide, shall, prior to the Closing, cause the Acquired Companies to provide, and shall use its reasonable
best efforts to cause the respective officers, employees, representatives and advisors, including legal and accounting advisors, of Seller and, prior to the Closing, the Acquired Companies to provide, to Buyer all cooperation reasonably requested by
Buyer that is necessary, proper or advisable in connection with Buyer’s financing and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (in each case, provided that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing
operations of Seller and the Acquired Companies) including using reasonable best efforts with respect to (i) participation in meetings, presentations, road shows, due diligence sessions and sessions with rating agencies, (ii) assisting
with the preparation of materials for rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents required in connection with the Financing, (iii) executing and
delivering at Closing any pledge and security documents, other definitive financing documents, or other certificates, legal opinions or documents as may be reasonably requested by Buyer (including a certificate of the chief executive officer of any
of the Acquired Companies with respect to solvency matters and consents of accountants for use of their reports in any materials relating to the Financing), (iv) furnishing Buyer and its Financing sources with financial and other pertinent
information regarding the Acquired Companies as may be reasonably requested by Buyer, including all financial statements and financial data of the type required by Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
other rules and regulations promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (including the Financial Statements) to consummate the offerings of debt securities contemplated by the Financing
Commitments at the time during the Company’s fiscal year such offerings will be made and to effect a registered exchange offer with the SEC with respect to any such debt securities, (v) obtaining accountants’ comfort letters
(including comfort levels customary in similar types of transactions for pro forma financial information and related adjustments), legal opinions, surveys and title insurance as reasonably requested by Buyer; provided that nothing herein shall
require such cooperation to the extent it would interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Acquired Companies, (vi) at Closing enter into interest rate hedge transactions, (vii) taking all actions reasonably necessary to
(A) permit the prospective lenders involved in 
  

 59 

 the Financing to evaluate the Company’s current assets, cash management and accounting systems, policies and
procedures relating thereto for the purposes of establishing collateral arrangements and (B) establish bank and other accounts and blocked account agreements and lock box arrangements in connection with the foregoing, (viii) obtaining any
necessary rating agencies’ confirmation or approvals for the Financing, (ix) if the Closing has not occurred prior to August 15, 2006, providing Buyer by no later than August 15, 2006 with an unaudited combined balance sheet and
unaudited combined statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2006 (the “Closing Financial Statements”); and (x) taking all corporate actions necessary to
permit the consummation of the Financing and to permit the proceeds thereof to be made available as of the Closing Date; provided, however, that, under no circumstances shall the Acquired Companies be required to incur any obligations
or liabilities that arise prior to the Closing. Whether or not the Closing occurs, Buyer shall, promptly upon request by Seller, reimburse Seller for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Seller or (to the extent paid prior
to Closing) the Acquired Companies in connection with such cooperation. The Company hereby consents to the use of its and its Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Financing. 
 (e) The Company shall provide monthly financial reports of the Acquired Companies prepared in the ordinary course of business to the Buyer. 

Section 4.18 Resignations. Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain the written resignations of each director or manager, as
applicable, and officer of the Acquired Companies listed on Section 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Letter, effective as of the Closing Date. 
 Section 4.19 Certain Transactions. 
 (a) Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Affiliates to, acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of or equity in, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or other business organization or division thereof,
or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets if such business or person competes in any line of business with any business of any of the Acquired Companies and the entering into of a definitive agreement relating to or the consummation of
such acquisition, merger or consolidation could reasonably be expected to (i) impose any delay in the obtaining of, or increase the risk of not obtaining, any authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of any Governmental
Entity necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, (ii) increase the risk of any Governmental Entity entering an order prohibiting the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) increase the risk of not being able to remove any such order on appeal or otherwise or (iv) delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 (b) Prior to Closing, Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, agree to divest or otherwise dispose of, or cause
the direct or indirect 
  

 60 

 divestiture or disposition of, any of the assets of or interests in, or by any other manner, any of the Acquired
Companies, including without limitation, any of the assets of or interests in Buyer or the Investor, except as expressly set forth in Section 4.7. 
 Section 4.20 Disclosure Supplement. The Company shall have the right from time to time prior to the Closing to supplement or amend the Company Disclosure Letter with respect to any matter hereafter
arising that, if existing or known at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Company Disclosure Letter; provided that without the consent of Buyer no such updates shall be taken into account
for purposes of determining whether or not the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or in determining whether Seller or the Company has breached any of its respective representations and warranties or covenants or other agreements
for any purpose under this Agreement. 
 Section 4.21 Exclusive Dealing. Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.1 of
the Cendant Separation Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1, neither Seller nor the Acquired Companies shall take or permit any
other Person on its behalf to take, directly or indirectly, any action to encourage, initiate or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person (other than Buyer and its Representatives) concerning any purchase
of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests, any merger involving the Acquired Companies, any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, or any similar transaction involving the Acquired
Companies. Seller shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Equity Interests of CFHC and will not permit CFHC to transfer any Shares. 
 Section 4.22 Structuring Cooperation. 
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary,
prior to the Closing Seller shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, cooperate with Buyer in connection with structuring the acquisition of the Shares in such manner as may be requested by Buyer (including, without limitation, allowing for
the purchases contemplated hereunder to be effected by one or more Affiliates of the Buyer, and providing for the separate purchase of all or any portion of the equity of any of the Acquired Companies by Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer, any such
equity to be included in the definition of “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement (in which case representations in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 with respect to Shares shall be deemed to be references to such securities) and
shall take any and all actions necessary to effectuate such structure (including without limitation entering into separate agreements with respect to such transactions and making Tax elections), provided that such cooperation and other actions do
not have any material adverse financial or Tax consequences to the Seller or any of its Affiliates that will not be reimbursed pursuant to a mutually agreed upon indemnity given by Buyer. Seller and Buyer shall and shall cause each of their
Affiliates to file all relevant Tax Returns consistently with the structure agreed upon by the parties hereto pursuant to this Section 4.22(a), unless and until otherwise required by a Governmental Entity. 
  

 61 

 (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, prior to the Closing Buyer
shall cooperate with Seller and the Acquired Companies in connection with structuring the acquisition of the Shares in such manner as may be requested by Seller (including, without limitation, allowing for the purchase by Buyer of one or more
Acquired Companies pursuant to Section 4.22(a) of this Agreement from a seller that is different from the entity that currently owns such Acquired Company) and Buyer shall permit Seller and the Acquired Companies to take any and all actions
necessary to effectuate such structure (including, without limitation, entering into separate agreements with respect to such transactions and making Tax elections) so as to permit Seller and the Acquired Companies to minimize Taxes (including,
without limitation, Taxes attributable to the triggering of dual consolidated losses within the meaning of Section 1503 of the Code) attributable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that such
cooperation and other actions do not have any material adverse financial or Tax consequences to Buyer or the Acquired Companies for periods after the Closing that will not be reimbursed pursuant to a mutually agreed upon indemnity given by Seller.
Seller and Buyer shall and shall cause each of their Affiliates to file all relevant Tax Returns consistently with the structure agreed upon by the parties hereto pursuant to this Section 4.22(b), unless and until otherwise required by a
Governmental Entity. 
 (c) Each of Buyer and Seller shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with this Section 4.22 and no such
cost shall constitute Damages for purposes of Section 4.15(g). 
 Section 4.23 Solvency. To the extent that Buyer, any of
its Affiliates or any Person providing all or any part of the Financing receives a solvency opinion of a third party appraisal firm with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or Financing, Buyer agrees to use reasonable best
efforts to cause such opinion to be addressed and delivered to Seller. 
 Section 4.24 Travelport Facility. Concurrently with
the Closing on the Closing Date, Seller shall repay all amounts outstanding under the Travelport Facility. 
 Section 4.25 Separation
Agreements. Prior to or concurrently with the Closing, Seller shall and shall cause the other intended parties thereto to enter into the Separation Agreements substantially in the forms provided to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement,
with such amendments thereto that do not adversely affect Buyer or any of the Acquired Companies or to which Buyer has consented. 
 Section 4.26 Severance Costs. From and after the Closing Date, Seller shall be solely responsible for and shall indemnify Buyer and the Acquired Companies from and against any liabilities or obligations relating to the
Severance Costs. 
 Section 4.27 Delivery of Financial Statements. As promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later
than five (5) Business Days following the date hereof, Seller shall deliver to Buyer the Financial Statements referred to in clause (i) of the definition thereof in final form, which shall be substantively identical to the drafts

  

 62 

 thereof delivered to Buyer in connection with the execution of this Agreement. Seller shall use reasonable best efforts
to deliver to Buyer as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than July 19, 2006, the Financial Statements referred to in clause (ii) of the definition thereof, which shall conform in all material respects to the draft
thereof delivered to Buyer in connection with the execution of this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE V 
 CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE 
 Section
5.1 Conditions to Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to effect the Closing shall be subject to the following conditions except to the extent waived in writing by Buyer: 
 (a) Representations and Warranties and Covenants of Seller and the Company. 
 (i) The representations and warranties of Seller and the Company contained (A) in Section 3.1(a), Section 3.1(b),
Section 3.1(c), Section 3.1(g), Section 3.2(a), Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c), Section 3.2(e), Section 3.2(m)(ii), Section 3.2(s) and Section 3.2(u) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as
though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for failures to be true and
correct that are expressly permitted by this Agreement or consented to by Buyer or that result from actions taken at the request of Buyer in connection with the Financing and (B) in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 (other than those
representations and warranties specified in clause (A) above) shall, without giving effect to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications therein, be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing
Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for such failures to be true and correct as do not constitute a
Material Adverse Effect; 
 (ii) Seller shall have in all material respects performed the obligations and complied with the
covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing or, if Seller shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such covenants, such failures shall have been cured; and 

(iii) Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate of Seller, dated the Closing Date, to the effect of the foregoing clauses
(i) and (ii) above. 
 (b) Waiting Periods. All waiting periods applicable under the HSR Act shall have
expired or been terminated. All waiting periods applicable to the transaction under any Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws set forth in Section 5.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
  

 63 

 (c) No Prohibition. No statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted or
promulgated by any Governmental Entity which prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall be no order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in effect preventing the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (d) Material Adverse Effect. No Material Adverse Effect shall have
occurred since the date of this Agreement and be continuing (excluding the effects of any action taken by Seller, the Company or Buyer pursuant to Section 4.7). 
 Section 5.2 Conditions to Obligations of Seller. The obligations of Seller to effect the Closing shall be subject to the following conditions except to the extent waived in writing by Seller:

 (a) Representations and Warranties and Covenants of Buyer. 
 (i) The representations and warranties of Buyer contained (A) in Section 3.3(b) and Section 3.3(h) shall be true and
correct as of such specified date) and (B) in Section 3.3 (other than those representations and warranties specified in clause (A) above), without giving effect to any materiality qualifications, therein, shall be true and correct as
of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for such
failures to be true and correct as would not in the aggregate prevent or materially impair or delay consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; 
 (ii) Buyer shall have in all material respects performed the obligations and complied with the covenants required by this Agreement to be
performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing or, if Buyer shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such covenants, such failures shall have been cured; and 
 (iii) Buyer shall have delivered to Seller a certificate of Buyer, dated the Closing Date to the effect of the foregoing clauses
(i) and (ii) above. 
 (b) Waiting Periods. All applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act shall have
expired or been terminated. All waiting periods applicable to the transaction under any Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws set forth on Section 5.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 (c) No Prohibition. No statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Entity which
prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall be no order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in effect preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

  

 64 

 ARTICLE VI 
 TERMINATION 
 Section 6.1 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be
terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date as follows: 
 (a) by mutual written consent of Buyer and Seller; 
 (b) by the written notice of Seller to Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before October 31, 2006 (the “Outside
Date”); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 6.1(b) shall not be available to Seller if the failure of Seller to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the
cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; 
 (c) by the written notice of Buyer to
Seller if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 6.1(c) shall not be available to Buyer if the failure of Buyer to
fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; 
 (d) either Seller or Buyer, upon written notice to the other, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental Entity shall have issued a statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or
taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or other action shall have become final and
non-appealable, unless the failure to consummate the Closing because of such action by a Governmental Entity shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate this Agreement to have fulfilled any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 (e) by written notice of Seller to Buyer if (x) Buyer shall have breached any of the covenants or agreements contained in this
Agreement to be complied with by Buyer such that the condition set forth in Section 5.2(a)(ii) would not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in this Agreement such that the
condition set forth in Section 5.2(a)(i) would not be satisfied and, in the case of (x) or (y), such breach is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or is not cured within thirty (30) Business Days after Buyer receives written
notice of such breach from Seller; or 
 (f) by written notice of Buyer to Seller if (x) Seller shall have breached any of the
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement to be complied with by Seller such that the condition set forth in Section 5.1(a)(ii) would not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of Seller
contained in this 
  

 65 

 Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section 5.1(a)(i) would not be satisfied and, in the case of
(x) or (y), such breach is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or is not cured within thirty (30) Business Days after Seller receives written notice of such breach from Buyer. 
 (g) by written notice of Buyer to Seller upon Seller’s breach of the first sentence of Section 4.27. 
 Section 6.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement by a party hereto pursuant to Section 6.1
hereof, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given by the terminating party to the other parties hereto, and this Agreement shall thereupon terminate and become void and have no effect, without any liability or obligation on the part of any
party hereto except as provided in the following sentence, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto, except that the provisions of Section 4.5, Section 7.1,
Section 7.2, Section 7.3, Section 7.5, Section 7.7, Section 7.8, Section 7.9, Section 7.10 and this Section 6.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement; provided, however, that if such
termination shall result from the willful and material breach by a party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, Seller, the Company or, subject to the limitations set out below, Buyer, as the
case may be, shall be fully liable for any and all Damages of the other parties as a result of such breach prior to termination. In the event that the conditions to the Closing set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereunder (other than those conditions
that by their nature cannot be satisfied until the Closing) are satisfied or waived and Buyer breaches (whether or not intentionally) its obligation to effect the Closing pursuant to Article II and satisfy its obligation to make the payment pursuant
to Section 2.1 because of a failure to receive the proceeds of one or more of the debt financings contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters or the failure to have received the proceeds of any alternative debt financing (a “Debt
Receipt Failure”), then, upon Seller’s termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1(e) or by either party pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c), Buyer shall pay $107,500,000 (the “Termination Fee”) to
Seller or as directed by Seller as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two (2) Business Days following such termination), without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding. Notwithstanding anything else in this
Agreement to the contrary: (1) if in the circumstances in which Buyer becomes obligated to pay the Termination Fee, Buyer is not otherwise in breach of this Agreement (including its obligation under Section 4.17) such that the conditions
set forth in Section 5.2(a) would not be satisfied (excluding Buyer’s failure to make the payment pursuant to Section 2.1 and otherwise effect the Closing because of a Debt Receipt Failure that would cause the conditions set forth in
Section 5.2(a) not to be satisfied, subject to Buyer’s compliance with its obligation under Section 4.17), then the right of Seller to receive payment of the Termination Fee in accordance herewith shall be the sole and exclusive
remedy of Seller against Buyer for any loss or damage suffered as a result of the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in the Agreement by Buyer and the failure of the transactions to be consummated (it being
understood that in any other case Seller’s right to recover any other or additional damages and remedies available to it in respect of any willful breach of this Agreement by Buyer shall not be limited in any respect, subject to 
  

 66 

 the limitation set forth in the immediately following clause (2)); and (2) in no event shall Buyer be subject to
liability in excess of $215,000,000 (inclusive of the Termination Fee) for all Damages arising from or in connection with breaches by Buyer of its representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE VII 
 MISCELLANEOUS

 Section 7.1 Assignment; Binding Effect. This Agreement and the rights hereunder are not assignable unless
(i) such assignment is consented to in writing by both Buyer and Seller, (ii) Seller assigns its rights or obligations hereunder to one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries or (iii) Buyer assigns its rights, in whole or in part, to one
or more Affiliates of Buyer, but in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, no such assignment will relieve Seller or Buyer of its respective obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement and all the provisions hereof shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 
 Section 7.2 Choice
of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws, and not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State
of New York. 
 Section 7.3 Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS
BROUGHT AGAINST THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND
DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES, IRREVOCABLY (I) ACCEPT GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THESE COURTS; (II) WAIVE ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH SUCH PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF
ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (I) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT
SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; (III) AGREE THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO
SUCH PARTY AT THEIR RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.5; AND (IV) AGREE THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH
COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY 
  

 67 

 RESPECT. THE PARTIES UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDING
OR OTHER ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. 
 Section 7.4
Survival. 
 (a) The representations and warranties contained herein shall not
survive the Closing and shall thereupon terminate, and no Action for any breach thereof or to recover Damages in respect of any breach thereof shall survive, or be available after, the Closing; provided, however, that the
representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1(a), Section 3.1(b), Section 3.1(c), Section 3.1(g), Section 3.2(a), Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c), Section 3.2(e), Section 3.2(s),
Section 3.2(u), Section 3.2(v), Section 3.3(a) and Section 3.3(b) shall survive the Closing indefinitely. 
 (b) All
covenants and agreements contained herein which by their terms are to be performed in whole or in part, or which prohibit actions, subsequent to the Closing Date and the covenants and agreements set forth in Section 7.7, shall survive the
Closing in accordance with their terms. All other covenants and agreements contained herein shall not survive the Closing and shall thereupon terminate, including any Actions for indemnification or for Damages in respect of any breach thereof.

 Section 7.5 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally, when sent by confirmed cable, telecopy, telegram or facsimile, when sent by overnight courier service or when mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,
with postage prepaid to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice): 
 If to Buyer, to: 
 TDS Investor LLC 
 c/o The Blackstone Group 
 345 Park Avenue 
 Floor 31 
 New York, New York 10154

 Attn: Paul C. Schorr, IV 
 Fax:
(212) 583-5842 
 with copies, in the case of notice to Buyer, to: 
 Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 
 425
Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10017 
 Attn: William E. Curbow, Esq. 
 Fax: (212) 455-2502 
  

 68 

 If to Seller, to: 
 Cendant Corporation 
 9 West 57th Street 
 New York, New York 10019 
 Attn: General Counsel 
 Fax:
(212) 413-1922 
 with copies, in the case of notice to Seller, to: 
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 
 Four Times Square 
 New York, New York 10036 
 Attn: Daniel Wolf, Esq. 
          Alejandro Radzyminski, Esq.

 Fax: (212) 735-2000 
 If
to the Company, to: 
 Travelport Inc. 
 7 Sylvan Way 
 Parsippany, New Jersey 07054 
 Attn: Eric J. Bock, Esq. 
 Fax: (212) 413-1922 
 Section 7.6 Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be considered in
interpreting or construing any of the provisions contained in this Agreement. 
 Section 7.7 Fees and Expenses. Except
as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including investment advisory and legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement; provided, that Seller shall bear all of the Acquired Companies’ Transaction Fees; and, provided further, Buyer and Seller shall each be responsible for 50% of all Transfer Taxes other than Transfer Taxes attributable to the making of
the Section 338 Elections, which shall be characterized as Section 338 Taxes for purposes of this Agreement. 
 Section 7.8
Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not supersede the terms and provisions of the Separation Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall
survive and remain in effect until expiration or termination thereof in accordance with their respective terms and this Agreement. 
  

 69 

 Section 7.9 Interpretation. 
 (a) When a reference is made to an Article, Section or Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article, Section or Schedule of or to this
Agreement unless otherwise indicated. 
 (b) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used
in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” 
 (c) Unless the context requires
otherwise, words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other genders. 
 (d) References to “dollars” or “$” are to U.S. dollars. 
 (e) The terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire
Agreement. 
 (f) This Agreement was prepared jointly by the parties hereto and no rule that it be construed against the drafter will have
any application in its construction or interpretation. 
 Section 7.10 Disclosure. Any matter disclosed in any Section of
the Company Disclosure Letter shall be considered disclosed with respect to each other Section of such Schedule to the extent the relevance of such disclosure to such other Section is reasonably apparent. The inclusion of information in
any Section of the Company Disclosure Letter shall not be construed as an admission that such information is material or that such matter actually constitutes noncompliance with, or a violation of, any Law, Permit or Contract or other topic to
which such disclosure is applicable. 
 Section 7.11 Waiver and Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented only by a written mutual agreement executed and delivered by Seller and Buyer. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived
by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligations, covenant, agreement or condition shall not
operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. 
 Section 7.12 Third-party
Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and, except for Section 4.8, nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than
the parties hereto and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder. 
  

 70 

 Section 7.13 Enforcement. 
 (a) Seller and the Company agree that, to the extent they have incurred Damages in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby, (i) the maximum aggregate liability of Buyer for such losses or damages shall be limited to $215,000,000 and (ii) in no event shall Seller or the Company seek to recover any money damages in excess of such amount from (or seek any
other remedy against) Buyer or its representatives and Affiliates in connection herewith. 
 (b) The parties hereto agree that if any of the
provisions of this Agreement were not performed by Seller in accordance with the terms hereof and that, prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1, Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in
addition to any other remedy at law or equity. The parties acknowledge that Seller shall not be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement by Buyer or to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this
Agreement and that Seller’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any such breach shall be the remedies set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 7.13(a). 
 Section 7.14 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a
court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof. 
 Section
7.15 No Consequential Damages. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND OR NATURE, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION THROUGH WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE SOUGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH LOST PROFITS WOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED
CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES. 
 Section 7.16 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which when executed, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument binding upon all of the parties hereto notwithstanding the fact that all parties are
not signatory to the original or the same counterpart. For purposes of this Agreement, facsimile signatures shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible. 
 Section 7.17 Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each representation and warranty that speaks as to a specific
matter shall be the sole and exclusive representation and warranty of the Company relating to, and shall be the sole and exclusive basis for any claim by Buyer in relation to such matter. 
  

 71 

 Section 7.18 No Right of Setoff. No party hereto nor any Affiliate thereof may deduct from,
set off, holdback or otherwise reduce in any manner whatsoever any amount owed to it hereunder or pursuant to any Separation Agreement against any amounts owed hereunder or pursuant to any Separation Agreement by such Persons to the other party
hereto or any of such other party’s Affiliates. 
 [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 
  

 72 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first
above written. 
  

			
	CENDANT CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James E. Buckman

	Name:	 	James E. Buckman
	Title:	 	Vice Chairman and
		 	General Counsel
	
	TRAVELPORT INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Eric J. Bock

	Name:	 	Eric J. Bock
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and
		 	General Counsel
	
	TDS INVESTOR LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul C. Schorr, IV

	Name:	 	Paul C. Schorr, IV
	Title:	 	Manager

  

 73 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	  	  	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
			
	Section 1.1	  	Definitions	  	1
	
	ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES
			
	Section 2.1	  	Purchase and Sale of Shares	  	16
	Section 2.2	  	Closing	  	16
	Section 2.3	  	Purchase Price Adjustment	  	17
	Section 2.4	  	Withholdings	  	21
	
	ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
			
	Section 3.1	  	Representations and Warranties of Seller	  	22
	Section 3.2	  	Representations and Warranties of the Company	  	24
	Section 3.3	  	Representations and Warranties of Buyer	  	36
	Section 3.4	  	No Other Representations or Warranties	  	39
	
	ARTICLE IV COVENANTS
			
	Section 4.1	  	Conduct of the Company’s Business	  	40
	Section 4.2	  	Employment Matters	  	43
	Section 4.3	  	Retention Payments	  	44
	Section 4.4	  	Publicity	  	44
	Section 4.5	  	Confidentiality	  	45
	Section 4.6	  	Access to Information	  	45
	Section 4.7	  	Filings and Authorizations, Including HSR Act Filing	  	46
	Section 4.8	  	Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification	  	47
	Section 4.9	  	Reasonable Best Efforts	  	49
	Section 4.10	  	Insurance	  	49
	Section 4.11	  	Termination of Agreements	  	50
	Section 4.12	  	Release of Guarantees	  	50
	Section 4.13	  	Provision of Certain Services	  	51
	Section 4.14	  	Website	  	51
	Section 4.15	  	Tax Matters	  	51
	Section 4.16	  	Compliance with WARN Act and Similar Statutes	  	58
	Section 4.17	  	Buyer’s Financing Activities	  	58
	Section 4.18	  	Resignations	  	60
	Section 4.19	  	Certain Transactions	  	60
	Section 4.20	  	Disclosure Supplement	  	61
	Section 4.21	  	Exclusive Dealing	  	61
	Section 4.22	  	Structuring Cooperation	  	61
	Section 4.23	  	Solvency	  	62
	Section 4.24	  	Travelport Facility	  	62

  

 i 

					
	 Section 4.25
	  	Separation Agreements	  	62
	 Section 4.26
	  	Severance Costs	  	62
	 Section 4.27
	  	Delivery of Financial Statements	  	62
	
	ARTICLE V CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE
			
	 Section 5.1
	  	Conditions to Obligations of Buyer	  	63
	 Section 5.2
	  	Conditions to Obligations of Seller	  	64
	
	ARTICLE VI TERMINATION
			
	 Section 6.1
	  	Termination of Agreement	  	65
	 Section 6.2
	  	Effect of Termination	  	66
	
	ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS
			
	 Section 7.1
	  	Assignment; Binding Effect	  	67
	 Section 7.2
	  	Choice of Law	  	67
	 Section 7.3
	  	Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	67
	 Section 7.4
	  	Survival	  	68
	 Section 7.5
	  	Notices	  	68
	 Section 7.6
	  	Headings	  	69
	 Section 7.7
	  	Fees and Expenses	  	69
	 Section 7.8
	  	Entire Agreement	  	69
	 Section 7.9
	  	Interpretation	  	70
	 Section 7.10
	  	Disclosure	  	70
	 Section 7.11
	  	Waiver and Amendment	  	70
	 Section 7.12
	  	Third-party Beneficiaries	  	70
	 Section 7.13
	  	Enforcement	  	71
	 Section 7.14
	  	Severability	  	71
	 Section 7.15
	  	No Consequential Damages	  	71
	 Section 7.16
	  	Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures	  	71
	 Section 7.17
	  	Remedies	  	71
	 Section 7.18
	  	No Right of Setoff	  	72

  

 ii 

 INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS 
  

			
	 	  	Page
	 Acquired Companies
	  	1
	 Action
	  	1
	 Actually Realized
	  	1
	 Affected Employees
	  	2
	 Affiliate
	  	2
	 Agreement
	  	2
	 Balance Sheet
	  	2
	 Balance Sheet Date
	  	2
	 Bastion
	  	2
	 Business Day
	  	2
	 Buyer
	  	2
	 Capex Budget
	  	2
	 Cendant Separation Agreement
	  	2
	 Closing
	  	2
	 Closing Consideration
	  	2
	 Closing Date
	  	2
	 Closing Financial Statements
	  	61
	 Closing Indebtedness
	  	2
	 Code
	  	2
	 Company
	  	2
	 Company Contracts
	  	3
	 Company Disclosure Schedule
	  	3
	 Company Indemnitees
	  	49
	 Company Intellectual Property
	  	3
	 Company Leases
	  	3
	 Company Plan
	  	3
	 Company Portion Retention Payment
	  	45
	 Confidentiality Agreement
	  	3
	 Contract
	  	3
	 Controlled Group
	  	34
	 Copyrights
	  	3
	 Current Assets
	  	3
	 Current Liabilities
	  	3
	 D&O Insurance
	  	49
	 Debt Commitment Letter
	  	4
	 Debt Financing
	  	4
	 Debt Receipt Failure
	  	67
	 Dispute Notice
	  	4
	 Due Date
	  	53
	 Encumbrance
	  	4
	 Environmental Laws
	  	4
	 Equity Commitment Letter
	  	4
	 Equity Financing
	  	4
	 Equity Interests
	  	4
	 ERISA
	  	4
	 Estimated Closing Adjustment
	  	4
	 Estimated Closing Indebtedness
	  	4
	 Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments
	  	4
	 Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments Payment
	  	4
	 Estimated GTA Bonus
	  	5
	 Estimated M&A Cost Payment
	  	5
	 Estimated M&A Costs
	  	5
	 Estimated Net Working Capital
	  	5
	 Estimated PA Cost Payment
	  	5
	 Estimated PA Costs
	  	5
	 Estimated Project Nova Cost Payment
	  	5
	 Estimated Project Nova Costs
	  	5
	 Estimated Restructuring Cost Payment
	  	5
	 Estimated Restructuring Costs
	  	5
	 Extraordinary Transaction Taxes
	  	5
	 Final Adjustments
	  	5
	 Final Amounts
	  	5
	 Final Closing Balance Sheet
	  	5
	 Final Closing Indebtedness
	  	6
	 Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment
	  	6
	 Final Company Portion Retention Payments
	  	6
	 Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment
	  	6
	 Final GTA Bonus
	  	6
	 Final M&A Costs
	  	6
	 Final M&A Costs Adjustment
	  	6
	 Final Net Working Capital
	  	6
	 Final PA Costs
	  	6
	 Final PA Costs Adjustment
	  	6
	 Final Project Nova Costs
	  	6
	 Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment
	  	6
	 Final Restructuring Costs
	  	6

  

 iii 

			
	 Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment
	  	6
	 Final Working Capital Adjustment
	  	21
	 Financial Statements
	  	6
	 Financing
	  	7
	 Financing Commitments
	  	39
	 Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws
	  	7
	 Foreign Plan
	  	7
	 FSA
	  	7
	 FSA Notice
	  	7
	 FSMA
	  	7
	 GAAP
	  	7
	 Governmental Entity
	  	7
	 Governmental Filings
	  	7
	 GTA Bonus
	  	8
	 Guarantees
	  	8
	 Hazardous Substances
	  	8
	 HSR Act
	  	8
	 Indebtedness
	  	8
	 Indemnity Agreement
	  	8
	 Independent Accounting Firm
	  	8
	 Initial Purchase Price
	  	8
	 Intellectual Property
	  	8
	 Interim Period
	  	9
	 Investor
	  	9
	 Knowledge of the Company
	  	9
	 Law
	  	9
	 Leased Real Property
	  	9
	 Losses
	  	4
	 Material Adverse Effect
	  	9
	 Net Working Capital
	  	10
	 Orbitz Tax Agreement
	  	10
	 Organizational Documents
	  	10
	 Outside Date
	  	10
	 Owned Real Property
	  	10
	 Patents
	  	10
	 Permits
	  	10
	 Permitted Encumbrance
	  	10
	 Person
	  	11
	 Plans
	  	11
	 Post-Closing Tax Period
	  	11
	 Pre-Closing Taxes
	  	11
	 Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet
	  	11
	 Preliminary Closing Indebtedness
	  	11
	 Preliminary Closing Statement
	  	12
	 Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments
	  	12
	 Preliminary GTA Bonus
	  	12
	 Preliminary M&A Costs
	  	12
	 Preliminary Net Working Capital
	  	12
	 Preliminary PA Costs
	  	12
	 Preliminary Restructuring Costs
	  	12
	 Project Austin Costs
	  	12
	 Project M&A Costs
	  	12
	 Project Nova Costs
	  	12
	 Purchase Price
	  	12
	 Real Property
	  	12
	 Realogy
	  	12
	 Reference Net Working Capital
	  	12
	 Released Parties
	  	12
	 Representatives
	  	13
	 Required Amount
	  	13
	 Restructuring Costs
	  	13
	 Retention Letter
	  	13
	 Retention Payment
	  	13
	 SEC
	  	61
	 Section 338 Elections
	  	13
	 Section 338 Taxes
	  	13
	 Section 338(h)(10) Companies
	  	13
	 Section 338(h)(10) Elections
	  	13
	 Seller
	  	13
	 Seller Consolidated Returns
	  	13
	 Seller Plans
	  	13
	 Seller Portion Retention Payment
	  	45
	 Separation Agreements
	  	13
	 Specified Contracts
	  	14
	 Straddle Period
	  	14
	 Straddle Period Tax Return
	  	14
	 Subsidiary
	  	14
	 Support Services
	  	14
	 Surety Bonds
	  	14
	 Tax
	  	14
	 Tax Benefit
	  	14
	 Tax Package
	  	15
	 Tax Return
	  	15
	 Terminating Contracts
	  	15
	 Termination Fee
	  	68
	 Trade Secrets
	  	15
	 Trademarks
	  	15
	 Transaction Expenses
	  	15
	 Transfer Taxes
	  	15
	 WARN Act
	  	15
	 Wyndham
	  	15

  

 ivSecond Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement

 Exhibit 10.2 
 CONFORMED COPY 
 CENDANT RENTAL CAR FUNDING (AESOP) LLC, 
 as Issuer 
 AVIS BUDGET CAR RENTAL, LLC,

 as Administrator 
 MIZUHO
CORPORATE BANK, LTD., 
 as Administrative Agent 
 CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, 
 as Purchasers 
 and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, 
 as Trustee and Series 2004-1 Agent 
  

 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2004-1 SUPPLEMENT 
 dated as of June 27, 2006 
 to 
 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE 
 dated as of June 3, 2004 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
	  	2
		
	 ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTES; DELIVERY OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTES, CLASS A-1 INCREASES AND OPTIONAL CLASS A-1
DECREASES OF CLASS A-1 INVESTED AMOUNT
	  	30
			
		  	 Section 2.1. Purchases of Series 2004-1 Notes
	  	30
		  	 Section 2.2. Delivery
	  	31
		  	 Section 2.3. Procedure for Initial Issuance and for Increasing the Class A-1 Invested Amount
	  	31
		  	 Section 2.4. Procedure for Decreasing the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount
	  	33
		  	 Section 2.5. Reductions of the Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount
	  	34
		  	 Section 2.6. Interest; Fees
	  	34
		  	 Section 2.7. Indemnification by CRCF
	  	35
		
	 ARTICLE III SERIES 2004-1 ALLOCATIONS
	  	36
			
		  	 Section 3.1. Establishment of Series 2004-1 Collection Account, Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account and Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest
Account
	  	36
		  	 Section 3.2. Allocations with Respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes
	  	36
		  	 Section 3.3. Payments to Noteholders and Each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty
	  	41
		  	 Section 3.4. Payment of Note Interest and Commitment Fees
	  	44
		  	 Section 3.5. Payment of Note Principal
	  	44
		  	 Section 3.6. Administrator’s Failure to Instruct the Trustee to Make a Deposit or Payment
	  	50
		  	 Section 3.7. Series 2004-1 Reserve Account
	  	50
		  	 Section 3.8. Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit and Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account
	  	52
		  	 Section 3.9. Series 2004-1 Distribution Account
	  	56
		  	 Section 3.10. Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedges
	  	58
		  	 Section 3.11. Series 2004-1 Demand Notes Constitute Additional Collateral for Series 2004-1 Notes
	  	59
		  	 Section 3.12. Payments to Purchasers
	  	59
		  	 Section 3.13. Appointment of Series 2004-1 Agent
	  	59
		
	 ARTICLE IV AMORTIZATION EVENTS
	  	60
		
	 ARTICLE V RIGHT TO WAIVE PURCHASE RESTRICTIONS
	  	61
		
	 ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	63
			
		  	 Section 6.1. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Supplement
	  	63

  

 (i) 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 ARTICLE VII CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
	  	65
			
		  	 Section 7.1. Increased Costs
	  	65
		  	 Section 7.2. Taxes
	  	66
		  	 Section 7.3. Break Funding Payments
	  	68
		  	 Section 7.4. Alternate Rate of Interest
	  	69
		  	 Section 7.5. Mitigation Obligations
	  	69
		
	 ARTICLE VIII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, COVENANTS
	  	70
			
		  	 Section 8.1. Representations and Warranties of CRCF and the Administrator
	  	70
		  	 Section 8.2. Covenants of CRCF and the Administrator
	  	70
		
	 ARTICLE IX THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
	  	72
			
		  	 Section 9.1. Appointment
	  	72
		  	 Section 9.2. Delegation of Duties
	  	73
		  	 Section 9.3. Exculpatory Provisions
	  	73
		  	 Section 9.4. Reliance by Administrative Agent
	  	73
		  	 Section 9.5. Notice of Administrator Default or Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event
	  	74
		  	 Section 9.6. Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers
	  	74
		  	 Section 9.7. Indemnification
	  	74
		  	 Section 9.8. The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity
	  	75
		  	 Section 9.9. Resignation of Administrative Agent; Successor Administrative Agent
	  	75
		
	 ARTICLE X GENERAL
	  	76
			
		  	 Section 10.1. Successors and Assigns
	  	76
		  	 Section 10.2. Securities Law
	  	77
		  	 Section 10.3. Adjustments; Set-off
	  	77
		  	 Section 10.4. No Bankruptcy Petition
	  	78
		  	 Section 10.5. Costs and Expenses
	  	78
		  	 Section 10.6. Exhibits
	  	78
		  	 Section 10.7. Ratification of Base Indenture
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.8. Counterparts
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.9. Governing Law
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.10. Amendments
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.11. Discharge of Indenture
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.12. Capitalization of CRCF
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.13. Series 2004-1 Required Non-Program Enhancement Percentage
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.14. Series 2004-1 Demand Notes; Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit
	  	79
		  	 Section 10.15. Termination of Supplement
	  	80
		  	 Section 10.16. Collateral Representations and Warranties of CRCF
	  	80
		  	 Section 10.17. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	  	81
		  	 Section 10.18. Waiver of Setoff
	  	81
		  	 Section 10.19. Notices
	  	81

  

 (ii) 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
		 	Section 10.20. Confidential Information	  	82
		 	Section 10.21. USA Patriot Action Notice	  	83
		 	Section 10.22. Notice to Moody’s	  	83
		 	Section 10.23. Effect on Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement	  	83

  

 (iii) 

 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2004-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of June 27, 2006 (this
“Supplement”), among CENDANT RENTAL CAR FUNDING (AESOP) LLC (formerly known as AESOP Funding II L.L.C.), a special purpose limited liability company established under the laws of Delaware (“CRCF”), AVIS BUDGET CAR
RENTAL, LLC (formerly known as Cendant Car Rental Group, Inc.) (as assignee of Avis Rent A Car System, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“ABCR”), as administrator (the “Administrator”), MIZUHO CORPORATE
BANK, LTD. (“Mizuho”), in its capacity as administrative agent for the Purchasers (the “Administrative Agent”), the Purchasers (as defined herein), THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as
trustee (together with its successors in trust thereunder as provided in the Base Indenture referred to below, the “Trustee”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as agent for the benefit of the Series
2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty (in such capacity, the “Series 2004-1 Agent”), to the Second Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of June 3, 2004, between CRCF and the Trustee
(as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, exclusive of Supplements creating a new Series of Notes, the “Base Indenture”). 
 PRELIMINARY STATEMENT 
 WHEREAS, on January 20, 2004, CRCF, Mizuho, certain financials
institutions as purchasers and The Bank of New York, as Trustee and Series 2004-1 Agent entered into the Series 2004-1 Supplement (as amended, the “Original Series 2004-1 Supplement”); 
 WHEREAS, on March 29, 2005, CRCF, Mizuho, certain financial institutions as purchasers and The Bank of New York, as Trustee and Series 2004-1 Agent
entered into the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement (as amended, the “Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement”); 
 WHEREAS, the purchasers under the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement as in effect immediately prior to this Agreement have agreed to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement in its entirety; 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
 DESIGNATION 
 Pursuant to the Original Series 2004-1 Supplement, there was created a Series of Notes
to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture and this Supplement and such Series of Notes are designated generally as the Series 2004-1 Rental Car Asset Backed Notes. 
 Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement the Series 2004-1 Notes were issued in two classes: one of which was designated as the Floating Rate Series 2004-1 Rental Car Asset Backed Notes,
Class A-1 and one of which was designated as the Floating Rate Series 2004-1 Rental Car Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2. 
 The
proceeds from the Series 2004-1 Notes shall be deposited in the Collection Account and shall be paid to CRCF and used to make Loans under the Loan Agreements to the extent that the Borrowers have requested Loans thereunder and Eligible Vehicles are
available for acquisition or refinancing thereunder on the date hereof. Any such portion of proceeds not so used to make Loans shall be deemed to be Principal Collections. 

 The Series 2004-1 Notes are a non-Segregated Series of Notes (as more fully described in the Base
Indenture). Accordingly, all references in this Supplement to “all” Series of Notes (and all references in this Supplement to terms defined in the Base Indenture that contain references to “all” Series of Notes) shall refer to
all Series of Notes other than Segregated Series of Notes. 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 (a) All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are defined
in the Definitions List attached to the Base Indenture as Schedule I thereto. All Article, Section, Subsection, Exhibit or Schedule references herein shall refer to Articles, Sections, Subsections, Exhibits or Schedules of this Supplement, except as
otherwise provided herein. Unless otherwise stated herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise defined in the Base Indenture, each capitalized term used or defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2004-1 Notes and
not to any other Series of Notes issued by CRCF. 
 (b) The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings with respect to the
Series 2004-1 Notes and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural form of such terms and to the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders of such terms: 
 “Acquiring Purchaser” is defined in Section 10.1(b). 
 “Additional ABCR Credit Document” means in the event the ABCR Credit Agreement is no longer in effect, (i) any credit agreement which replaces the ABCR Credit Agreement on substantially similar
terms, or (ii) in the event the ABCR Credit Agreement is not replaced, any document evidencing indebtedness of ABCR where the aggregate amount of such indebtedness under such document exceeds $25,000,000. 
 “Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to each Eurodollar Period, pertaining to a portion of the Purchaser Invested Amount allocated
to a Eurodollar Tranche, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16th of 1%)
equal to LIBO Rate for such Eurodollar Period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate. 
 “ABCR” is defined in the first
paragraph hereto. 
 “ABCR Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2006, among Holdings,
ABCR, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, Bank of America, N.A., Calyon New York Branch and Citicorp USA, Inc., as documentation agents, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as
co-documentation agent and the lenders referred to therein, as in effect on the date hereof, as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and any successor or replacement ABCR facility. 
  

 -2- 

 “Administrative Agent” is defined in the first paragraph hereto. 
 “Administrator” is defined in the first paragraph hereto. 
 “AESOP I Operating Lease Excluded Receivable Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the following amounts with respect to each Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer as of such date:
the product of (i) to the extent such amounts are included in the calculation of AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base as of such date, all amounts receivable, as of such date, of AESOP Leasing or the Intermediary from such
Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer and (ii) the Excluded Manufacturer Receivable Specified Percentage for such Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer as of such date. 
 “Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day
plus  1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds
Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively. 
 “Alternate Base Rate Tranche” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser or any Class A-2 Purchaser, the portion of the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount or Class A-2
Purchaser Invested Amount, as the case may be, with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser or Class A-2 Purchaser, as the case may be, not allocated to a Eurodollar Tranche. 
 “Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement” is defined in the Preliminary Statements. 
 “Applicable Law” means all applicable laws, statutes, treaties, rules, codes, ordinances, regulations, certificates, orders,
interpretations, licenses and permits of any Governmental Authority from time to time in effect, and judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders or like action of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial or quasi-judicial tribunal
or agency of competent jurisdiction (including laws specifically mandating compliance by property owners). 
 “Applicable
Margin” is defined in the Fee Letter. 
 “Article VII Costs” means any amounts due pursuant to Article VII.

 “Bank Accounts” is defined in Section 10.16(f). 
 “Benefitted Purchaser” is defined in Section 10.3. 
 “Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than (a) a Saturday or a Sunday or (b) a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or the city in which the corporate trust office of the Trustee is
located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. 
  

 -3- 

 “Certificate of Lease Deficit Demand” means a certificate in the form of Annex A to any
Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. 
 “Certificate of Termination Date Demand” means a certificate in the form of Annex D to
any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit. 
 “Certificate of Termination Demand” means a certificate in the form of Annex C to any
Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit. 
 “Certificate of Unpaid Demand Note Demand” means a certificate in the form of Annex B to
any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit. 
 “Change in Control” means (a) Holdings shall at any time cease to own or
control, directly or indirectly, greater than 50% of the Voting Stock of ABCR, ARAC, BRAC or any other Permitted Sublessee or (b) either CRCF or AESOP Leasing is no longer indirectly wholly-owned by ABCR. 
 “Change in Law” means (a) any law, rule or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof
(whether or not having the force of law), in each case, adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof or (b) any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any government or political subdivision or
agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality thereof, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case, whether foreign or domestic (each an “Official Body”) charged with the
administration, interpretation or application thereof, or the compliance with any request or directive of any Official Body (whether or not having the force of law) made, issued or occurring after the date hereof. 
 “Claim” is defined in Section 2.7. 
 “Class” means a class of the Series 2004-1 Notes, which may be the Class A-1 Notes or the Class A-2 Notes. 
 “Class A-1 Alternate Base Rate Tranche” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser, the portion of the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser
not allocated to a Class A-1 Eurodollar Tranche. 
 “Class A-1 Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount” means, with
respect to any Related Month during the Controlled Amortization Period, the amount, if any, by which the portion of the Monthly Total Principal Allocation paid to the Class A-1 Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.5(g) for the previous
Related Month was less than the Class A-1 Controlled Distribution Amount for the previous Related Month; provided, however, that for the first Related Month in the Controlled Amortization Period, the Class A-1 Carryover Controlled
Amortization Amount shall be zero. 
 “Class A-1 Commitment Percentage” means, on any date of determination, with respect to
any Class A-1 Purchaser, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount bears to the Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount on such date. 
  

 -4- 

 “Class A-1 Controlled Amortization Amount” means (i) with respect to any Related
Month other than the last Related Month during the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period, an amount (rounded down to the nearest penny) equal to the Class A-1 Invested Amount as of the end of the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period divided
by 6 and (ii) with respect to the last Related Month during the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period, any remaining outstanding Class A-1 Invested Amount. 
 “Class A-1 Controlled Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Related Month during the Controlled Amortization Period, an amount
equal to the sum of the Class A-1 Controlled Amortization Amount and any Class A-1 Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount for such Related Month. 
 “Class A-1 Decrease” is defined in Section 2.4(a). 
 “Class A-1 Eurodollar Tranche” means,
with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser, any portion of the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser allocated to a particular Eurodollar Period and an Adjusted LIBO Rate determined by reference
thereto. 
 “Class A-1 Increase” is defined in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Class A-1 Increase Amount” is defined in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Class A-1 Increase Date” is defined in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date” means the earliest of (a) the Early Controlled Amortization Date, (b) the date on which an
Amortization Event (other than of (i) the type specified in clause (j) of Article IV that has been waived by Class A-1 Purchasers having in the aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Class A-1 Commitment
Percentages for all Class A-1 Purchasers or (ii) the type specified in clause (a) through (i) of Article IV that has been waived by 100% of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders) shall have occurred with respect to the Series 2004-1
Notes and (c) November 30, 2010. 
 “Class A-1 Initial Invested Amount” means the aggregate initial principal
amount of the Class A-1 Notes as of the Effective Date, which is $155,000,000. 
 “Class A-1 Invested Amount” means, when
used with respect to any date, an amount equal to the Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount plus the amount of any principal payments made to Class A-1 Noteholders that have been rescinded or otherwise returned by the
Class A-1 Noteholders for any reason. 
 “Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount” means, on any date of determination, the
sum of the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amounts with respect to each of the Class A-1 Purchasers on such date. 
 “Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount” means, with respect to any Purchaser, the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule I hereto, as such amount may be increased or decreased from time to time in
accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Section 8.2(f). 
  

 -5- 

 “Class A-1 Monthly Interest” means, with respect to any Series 2004-1 Interest Period,
an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product of (a) the average daily Class A-1 Invested Amount allocated to Class A-1 Eurodollar Tranches as of the first day of such Series 2004-1 Interest Period and (b) the Adjusted LIBO
Rate for the Eurodollar Period plus the Applicable Margin on the first day of such Series 2004-1 Interest Period and (c) the number of days in such Series 2004-1 Interest Period divided by 360 and (ii) the sum, for each day in such
Series 2004-1 Interest Period, of the product of (a) the Class A-1 Invested Amount allocated to a Class A-1 Alternate Base Rate Tranche for such day and (b) the Alternate Base Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin
for such day divided by 365. 
 “Class A-1 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class A-1 Note is registered
in the Note Register. 
 “Class A-1 Notes” means any one of the Series 2004-1 Floating Rate Rental Car Asset Backed Notes,
Class A-1, executed by CRCF and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1. Definitive Class A-1 Notes shall have such insertions and deletions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of
Section 2.18 of the Base Indenture. 
 “Class A-1 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any
date, an amount equal to (a) the Class A-1 Initial Invested Amount plus (b) the sum of the amount of each Class A-1 Increase minus (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to Class A-1
Noteholders on or prior to such date. 
 “Class A-1 Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser, on
any date, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Purchaser Invested Amount to the Class A-1 Invested Amount. 
 “Class A-1 Purchaser” means each of the several financial institutions designated on Schedule I hereof as purchasers of Class A-1 Notes and its permitted successors and assigns. 
 “Class A-1 Purchaser Increase Amount” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser, for any Business Day, such Purchaser’s
Class A-1 Commitment Percentage of the Class A-1 Increase Amount, if any, on such Business Day. 
 “Class A-1 Purchaser
Invested Amount” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser, (a) when used with respect to the date hereof, such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Class A-1 Commitment Percentage of the Class A-1 Initial Invested
Amount and (b) when used with respect to any other date, an amount equal to (i) the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser on the immediately preceding Business Day plus (ii) the
Class A-1 Purchaser Increase Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser on such date minus (iii) the amount of principal payments made on the Class A-1 Notes to such Class A-1 Purchaser pursuant to
Section 3.5(f) on such date plus (iv) the amount of principal payments on the Class A-1 Notes recovered from such Class A-1 Purchaser by a trustee as a preference payment in a bankruptcy proceeding of a Demand Note Issuer
or otherwise. 
  

 -6- 

 “Class A-2 Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount” means, with respect to any Related
Month during the Controlled Amortization Period, the amount, if any, by which the portion of the Monthly Total Principal Allocation paid to the Class A-2 Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.5(g) for the previous Related Month was less than
the Class A-2 Controlled Distribution Amount for the previous Related Month; provided, however, that for the first Related Month in the Controlled Amortization Period, the Class A-2 Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount
shall be zero. 
 “Class A-2 Controlled Amortization Amount” means with respect to each Related Month during the Series
2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period, $37,500,000. 
 “Class A-2 Controlled Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any
Related Month during the Controlled Amortization Period, an amount equal to the sum of the Class A-2 Controlled Amortization Amount and any Class A-2 Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount for such Related Month. 
 “Class A-2 Initial Invested Amount” means the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes as of the Effective Date,
which is $225,000,000. 
 “Class A-2 Invested Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to the
Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount plus the amount of any principal payments made to Class A-2 Noteholders that have been rescinded or otherwise returned by the Class A-2 Noteholders for any reason. 
 “Class A-2 Monthly Interest” means, with respect to any Series 2004-1 Interest Period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the
product of (a) the average daily Class A-2 Invested Amount allocated to Class A-2 Eurodollar Tranches as of the first day of such Series 2004-1 Interest Period and (b) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Eurodollar Period plus the
Applicable Margin on the first day of such Series 2004-1 Interest Period and (c) the number of days in such Series 2004-1 Interest Period divided by 360 and (ii) the sum, for each day in such Series 2004-1 Interest Period, of the
product of (a) the Class A-2 Invested Amount allocated to a Class A-2 Alternate Base Rate Tranche for such day, (b) the Alternate Base Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin for such day divided by 365.

 “Class A-2 Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

 “Class A-2 Notes” means any one of the Series 2004-1 Floating Rate Rental Car Asset Backed Notes, Class A-2,
executed by CRCF and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2. Definitive Class A-2 Notes shall have such insertions and deletions as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of
Section 2.18 of the Base Indenture. 
 “Class A-2 Outstanding Principal Amount” means, when used with respect to any
date, an amount equal to (a) the Class A-2 Initial Invested Amount minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class A-2 Noteholders on or prior to such date. 
  

 -7- 

 “Class A-2 Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Class A-2 Purchaser, on any
date, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of such Class A-2 Purchaser’s Purchaser Invested Amount to the Class A-2 Invested Amount. 
 “Class A-2 Purchaser” means each of the several financial institutions designated on Schedule 1 hereof as purchasers of Class A-2 Notes and its permitted successors and assigns. 
 “Class A-2 Purchaser Invested Amount” means, with respect to each Class A-2 Purchaser, (a) when used with respect to the
Effective Date, the amount set forth on Schedule 1 next to such Class A-2 Purchaser’s name and (b) when used with respect to any other date, an amount equal to (i) the Class A-2 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect
to such Class A-2 Purchaser on the immediately preceding Business Day minus (ii) the amount of principal payments made on the Class A-2 Notes to such Class A-2 Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.5(f) on or prior to such
date plus (iii) the amount of principal payments on the Class A-2 Notes recovered from such Class A-2 Purchaser by a trustee as a preference payment in a bankruptcy preceding of a Demand Note Issuer or otherwise. 
 “Commitment” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser, the obligation of such Class A-1 Purchaser to purchase a
Class A-1 Note on the date hereof and, thereafter, to maintain and, subject to certain conditions, increase the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser, in each case, in an amount up to the
Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Purchaser. 
 “Commitment Fee” is defined in
Section 2.6(c). 
 “Commitment Fee Rate” is defined in the Fee Letter. 
 “Company indemnified person” is defined in Section 2.7. 
 “Confirmation Condition” means, with respect to any Bankrupt Manufacturer which is a debtor in Chapter 11 Proceedings, a condition that
shall be satisfied upon the bankruptcy court having competent jurisdiction over such Chapter 11 Proceedings issuing an order that remains in effect approving (i) the assumption of such Bankrupt Manufacturer’s Manufacturer Program (and the
related Assignment Agreements) by such Bankrupt Manufacturer or the trustee in bankruptcy of such Bankrupt Manufacturer under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and at the time of such assumption, the payment of all amounts due and payable by
such Bankrupt Manufacturer under such Manufacturer Program and the curing of all other defaults by the Bankrupt Manufacturer thereunder or (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by such Bankrupt Manufacturer of a new post-petition
Manufacturer Program (and the related assignment agreements) on the same terms and covering the same Vehicles as such Bankrupt Manufacturer’s Manufacturer Program (and the related Assignment Agreements) in effect on the date such Bankrupt
Manufacturer became subject to such Chapter 11 Proceedings and, at the time of the execution and delivery of such new post-petition Manufacturer Program, the payment of all amounts due and payable by such Bankrupt Manufacturer under such
Manufacturer Program and the curing of all other defaults by the Bankrupt Manufacturer thereunder; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Confirmation Condition shall be deemed satisfied until the 90th calendar day following the initial filing in respect of such Chapter 11 Proceedings. 
  

 -8- 

 “Consent” is defined in Article V. 
 “Consent Period Expiration Date” is defined in Article V. 
 “Demand Note Issuer” means each issuer of a Series 2004-1 Demand Note. 
 “Designated Amounts” is defined in Article V. 
 “Disbursement” means any Lease Deficit
Disbursement, any Unpaid Demand Note Disbursement, any Termination Date Disbursement or any Termination Disbursement under a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, or any combination thereof, as the context may require. 
 “Early Controlled Amortization Date” means the first day of the month following (1) the occurrence of an “Event of
Default” (as defined in the ABCR Credit Agreement or any Additional ABCR Credit Document, as applicable) and (2) as a result of such “Event of Default” (as defined in the ABCR Credit Agreement or any Additional ABCR Credit
Document, as applicable), the acceleration of any or all debt outstanding under the ABCR Credit Agreement or the acceleration of a total of $50,000,000 of debt outstanding under one or more Additional ABCR Credit Documents. 
 “Effective Date” is defined in Section 6.1. 
 “Eurodollar Period” means, 
  

	 	(i)	with respect to any Class A-1 Eurodollar Tranche and any Class A-1 Purchaser: 

 (a) initially, the period commencing on the date hereof, any Class A-1 Increase Date or a conversion date, as the case may be, with
respect to such Class A-1 Eurodollar Tranche and ending on the first Distribution Date thereafter (or such other period which is acceptable to the Class A-1 Purchaser and which in no event will be less than 7 days); and 
 (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Eurodollar Period applicable to such Class A-1
Eurodollar Tranche and ending on the next succeeding Distribution Date (or such other period which is acceptable to the Class A-1 Purchaser and which in no event will be less than 7 days); and 
  

	 	(ii)	with respect to any Class A-2 Eurodollar Tranche and any Class A-2 Purchaser: 

 (a) initially, the period commencing on the date hereof or a conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Class A-2
Eurodollar Tranche and ending on the first Distribution Date thereafter (or such other period which is acceptable to the Class A-2 Purchaser and which in no event will be less than 7 days); and 
  

 -9- 

 (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding
Eurodollar Period applicable to such Class A-2 Eurodollar Tranche and ending on the next succeeding Distribution Date (or such other period which is acceptable to the Class A-2 Purchaser and which in no event will be less than 7 days).

 “Eurodollar Tranche” means any Class A-1 Eurodollar Tranche and any Class A-2 Eurodollar Tranche. 
 “Excess Collections” is defined in Section 3.3(e)(i). 
 “Excluded Manufacturer Receivable Specified Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Non-Investment
Grade Manufacturer as of such date, the percentage (not to exceed 100%) most recently specified in writing by Moody’s to CRCF and the Trustee; provided, however, that as of the Effective Date the Excluded Manufacturer Receivable
Specified Percentage for each Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer shall be 100%; provided further that the initial Excluded Manufacturer Receivable Specified Percentage with respect to any Manufacturer that becomes a Non-Investment Grade
Manufacturer after the Effective Date shall be 100%. 
 “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent,
any Purchaser or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of CRCF hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America or by any other
Governmental Authority, in each case, as a result of a present or former connection between the United States of America or the jurisdiction of such Governmental Authority imposing such tax, as the case may be, and the Administrative Agent, such
Purchaser or any other such recipient (except a connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s, such Purchaser’s or such recipient’s having executed, delivered or performed its obligations hereunder, receiving a payment
hereunder or enforcing the Series 2004-1 Notes) and (b) any branch profits tax imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which CRCF is located (except any such branch profits or similar tax
imposed as a result of a connection with the United States of America or other jurisdiction as a result of a connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s, such Purchaser’s or such recipient’s having executed, delivered or
performed its obligations hereunder, receiving a payment hereunder or enforcing the Series 2004-1 Notes). 
 “Federal Funds Effective
Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the
quotations for such day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. 
 “Fee Letter” means the letters dated the date hereof, from CRCF addressed to the Administrative Agent setting forth certain fees payable from time to time to the Purchasers, as such letter may be
amended or replaced from time to time. 
  

 -10- 

 “Finance Lease Excluded Receivable Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the
sum of the following amounts with respect to each Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer as of such date: the product of (i) to the extent such amounts are included in the calculation of AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base as of such
date, all amounts receivable, as of such date, of AESOP Leasing or the Intermediary from such Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer and (ii) the Excluded Manufacturer Receivable Specified Percentage for such Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer as of
such date. 
 “Finance Lease Series Invested Amount” means the sum of the Invested Amounts for each Finance Lease Series
Notes. 
 “Finance Lease Series Notes” means each Series of Notes, which will continue to receive collections from the
Finance Lease pursuant to the Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to ABCR, ARAC, BRAC, any other Permitted Sublessee or the Administrator. 
 “Fixed Rate Payment” means, for any Distribution Date, the amount, if any, payable by CRCF as the “Fixed Amount” under any
Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge after the netting of payments due to CRCF as the “Floating Amount” from the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty under such Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge on such Distribution Date.

 “Holdings” means Avis Budget Holdings, LLC. 
 “Inclusion Date” means, with respect to any Vehicle, the date that is three months after the earlier of (i) the date such Vehicle
became a Redesignated Vehicle and (ii) if the Manufacturer of such Vehicle is a Bankrupt Manufacturer, the date upon which the Event of Bankruptcy which caused such Manufacturer to become a Bankrupt Manufacturer first occurred. 
 “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes. 
 “Lease Deficit Disbursement” means an amount drawn under a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit pursuant to a Certificate of Lease Deficit
Demand. 
 “LIBO Rate” means, with respect to each Eurodollar Period, a rate per annum to be determined by the
Administrative Agent as follows: 
 (i) On each LIBO Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent will determine the
London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollar deposits for a period equal to, or if not equal to, most closely approximating, such Eurodollar Period that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as it relates to U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on
such LIBO Rate Determination Date; 
 (ii) If, on any LIBO Rate Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page
3750, the Administrative Agent will request that the principal London offices of each of four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Administrative Agent provide the Administrative Agent with offered quotations for deposits in
U.S. dollars for a period equal to such Eurodollar Period, commencing on the first day of such Eurodollar Period, to prime banks in the London interbank market at 
  

 -11- 

 approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBO Rate Determination Date and in a principal amount
equal to the amount of the related Eurodollar Tranche that is representative of a single transaction in such market at such time. If at least two such quotations are provided, “LIBO Rate” for such Eurodollar Period will be the arithmetic
mean of such quotations; or 
 (iii) If fewer than two such quotations are provided pursuant to clause (ii), “LIBO
Rate” for such Eurodollar Period will be the arithmetic mean of rates quoted by three major banks in the City of New York selected by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such LIBO Rate
Determination Date for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a period equal to such Eurodollar Period, commencing on the first day of such Eurodollar Period, and in a principal amount equal to the amount of the related Eurodollar
Tranche; provided, however, that if the banks selected as aforesaid by the Administrative Agent are not quoting rates as mentioned in this sentence, “LIBO Rate” for such Eurodollar Period will be the same as “LIBO
Rate” for the immediately preceding Eurodollar Period. 
 “LIBO Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any
Eurodollar Period, the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of such Eurodollar Period. 
 “LOC Pro Rata Share”
means, with respect to any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider as of any date, the fraction (expressed as a percentage) obtained by dividing (A) the available amount under such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider’s Series 2004-1
Letter of Credit as of such date by (B) an amount equal to the aggregate available amount under all Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit as of such date; provided that only for purposes of calculating the LOC Pro Rata Share with respect to
any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider as of any date, if such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider has not complied with its obligation to pay the Trustee the amount of any draw under its Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit made prior to such
date, the available amount under such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider’s Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit as of such date shall be treated as reduced (for calculation purposes only) by the amount of such unpaid demand and shall not be
reinstated for purposes of such calculation unless and until the date as of which such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider has paid such amount to the Trustee and been reimbursed by the Lessee or the applicable Demand Note Issuer, as the case
may be, for such amount (provided that the foregoing calculation shall not in any manner reduce the undersigned’s actual liability in respect of any failure to pay any demand under its Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit). 
 “London Banking Day” means any business day on which dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London
interbank market. 
 “Monthly Total Principal Allocation” means for any Related Month the sum of all Series 2004-1 Principal
Allocations with respect to such Related Month. 
 “Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer” means, as of any date of
determination, any Manufacturer that (i) is not a Bankrupt Manufacturer and (ii) does not have a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “Baa3” from Moody’s; provided that any Manufacturer whose long-term
senior unsecured debt rating is downgraded from at least “Baa3” to below “Baa3” by Moody’s after the Effective Date shall not be deemed a Non-Investment Grade Manufacturer until the thirtieth (30th) calendar day following such downgrade. 
  

 -12- 

 “Original Purchasers” is defined in the Preliminary Statements. 
 “Original Series 2004-1 Notes” means each of the Series 2004-1 Notes issued pursuant to the Original Series 2004-1 Supplement that is
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date. 
 “Original Series 2004-1 Supplement” is defined in the Preliminary
Statements. 
 “Other Taxes” means any and all current or future stamp or documentary taxes or other excise or property
taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under this Supplement, the Base Indenture, or any Related Documents or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Supplement, the Base Indenture
or any Related Document. 
 “Outstanding” means, with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes, the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount
shall not have been reduced to zero and all accrued interest and other amounts owing on the Series 2004-1 Notes and to the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers hereunder shall not have been paid in full. 
 “Participants” is defined in Section 10.1(c). 
 “Past Due Rent Payment” is defined in Section 3.2(g). 
 “Preference
Amount” means any amount previously distributed to a Purchaser on or relating to a Series 2004-1 Note that is recoverable or that has been recovered as a voidable preference by the trustee in a bankruptcy proceeding of a Demand Note Issuer
pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.), as amended from time to time, in accordance with a final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction. 
 “Pre-Preference Period Demand Note Payments” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of all proceeds of demands
made on the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes included in the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount as of the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date that were paid by the Demand Note Issuers more than one year before such date of determination;
provided, however, that if an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, without the lapse of a period of 60 consecutive days) with respect to a Demand Note Issuer occurs
during such one-year period, (x) the Pre-Preference Period Demand Note Payments as of any date during the period from and including the date of the occurrence of such Event of Bankruptcy to and including the conclusion or dismissal of the
proceedings giving rise to such Event of Bankruptcy without continuing jurisdiction by the court in such proceedings shall equal the Pre-Preference Period Demand Note Payments as of the date of such occurrence and (y) the Pre-Preference Period
Demand Note Payments as of any date after the conclusion or dismissal of such proceedings shall equal the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount as of the date of the conclusion or dismissal of such proceedings. 
  

 -13- 

 “Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum identified as the “Prime
Rate” in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is published as being effective. 
 “Principal Deficit Amount” means, on any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount on
such date (after giving effect to the distribution of the Monthly Total Principal Allocation for the Related Month if such date is a Distribution Date) over (ii) the sum of the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base
and the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base on such date. 
 “Pro Rata Share” means, with
respect to any Purchaser, on any date, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which the Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Purchaser bears to the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount on such date. 
 “Purchaser” means any Class A-1 Noteholder and any Class A-2 Noteholder. 
 “Purchaser Invested Amount” means (i) with respect to a Class A-1 Purchaser, its Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount and
(ii) with respect to a Class A-2 Purchaser, its Class A-2 Purchaser Invested Amount. 
 “Purchaser Percentage”
means (i) with respect to each Class A-1 Purchaser (a) prior to the Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date, such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Class A-1 Commitment Percentage and (b) on or after the Class A-1 Increase
Expiry Date, such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Class A-1 Pro Rata Share and (ii) with respect to each Class A-2 Purchaser, such Class A-2 Purchaser’s Class A-2 Pro Rata Share. 
 “Qualified Interest Rate Hedge Provider” means a bank, corporation or other financial institution having (i) a short-term senior
unsecured debt, deposit, claims paying or other similar rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or a long-term senior unsecured debt, deposit, claims paying or other similar rating of at least “BBB+” from S&P and (i) a
short-term senior unsecured debt, deposit, claims paying or other similar rating of “P-1” from Moody’s or a long-term senior unsecured debt, deposit, claims paying or other similar rating of at least “Baa1” from
Moody’s. 
 “Record Date” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 “Requisite Noteholders” means Purchasers having in the aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Purchaser
Percentages for all Purchasers. 
 “Series 2000-2 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2000-2 Notes.

 “Series 2001-2 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2001-2 Notes. 
 “Series 2002-1 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2002-1 Notes. 
  

 -14- 

 “Series 2002-2 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2002-2 Notes.

 “Series 2002-3 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2002-3 Notes. 
 “Series 2003-1 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2003-1 Notes. 
 “Series 2003-2 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2003-2 Notes. 
 “Series 2003-3 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2003-3 Notes. 
 “Series 2003-4 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2003-4 Notes. 
 “Series 2003-5 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2003-5 Notes. 
 “Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account” is defined in Section 3.1(b). 
 “Series 2004-1 AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, the product of (a) the
Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage as of such date and (b) the excess of (i) the AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base as of such date over (ii) the Finance Lease Excluded Receivable Amount.

 “Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Highest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, a
fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease that are either not subject to a Manufacturer Program or not eligible for repurchase under
a Manufacturer Program as of such date and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Intermediate Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, 100%
minus the sum of (a) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage and (b) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Highest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage. 
 “Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, the product of
(a) the Series 2004-1 AESOP Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage as of such date and (b) the excess of (i) the AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base as of such date over (ii) the AESOP I Operating Lease
Excluded Receivable Amount. 
  

 -15- 

 “Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of
any date of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the sum, without duplication, of (1) the aggregate Net Book Value of all Program Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease that are
manufactured by Eligible Program Manufacturers having long-term senior unsecured debt ratings of “Baa2” or higher from Moody’s as of such date, (2) so long as any Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer has a long-term senior unsecured
debt rating of “Baa2” or higher from Moody’s and no Manufacturer Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer, the aggregate Net Book Value of all Non-Program Vehicles leased
under the AESOP I Operating Lease manufactured by each such Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer that are subject to a Manufacturer Program and remain eligible for repurchase thereunder as of such date and (3) the lesser of (A) the sum of
(x) if as of such date any Eligible Program Manufacturer has a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “Baa3” from Moody’s, the aggregate Net Book Value of all Program Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease
manufactured by each such Eligible Program Manufacturer as of such date and (y) if as of such date any Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer has a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “Baa3” from Moody’s and no Manufacturer
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer, the aggregate Net Book Value of all Non-Program Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease manufactured by each such Eligible Non-Program
Manufacturer that are subject to a Manufacturer Program and remain eligible for repurchase thereunder as of such date and (B) 10% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of such date and
(b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, 100% minus the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Percentage. 
 “Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage
(which percentage shall never exceed 100%), the numerator of which is the Series 2004-1 Required AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Amount as of such date and the denominator of which is the sum of the Required AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Amounts
for all Series of Notes as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Agent” is defined in the recitals hereto. 
 “Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Series
2004-1 Cash Collateral Account (after giving effect to any deposits thereto and withdrawals and releases therefrom on such date). 
 “Series-2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account (after giving effect to any deposits thereto and withdrawals and releases
therefrom on such date). 
 “Series 2004-1 Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount” means the sum of the Class A-1
Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount and the Class A-2 Controlled Amortization Amount. 
  

 -16- 

 “Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account” is defined in Section 3.8(e). 

“Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Collateral” is defined in Section 3.8(a). 
 “Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Surplus” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the lesser of (a) the Series 2004-1
Available Cash Collateral Account Amount and (b) the excess, if any, of the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account on such Distribution Date) over the Series 2004-1
Required Enhancement Amount on such Distribution Date; provided, however, that, on any date after the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date, the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Surplus shall mean the excess, if any, of
(x) the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount over (y) the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount minus the Pre-Preference Period Demand Note Payments as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Amount as of such date and the denominator of which is the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Liquidity Amount as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Collateral” means the Collateral, each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, each Series 2004-1 Demand Note, the Series 2004-1
Interest Rate Hedge Collateral, the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account Collateral, the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Collateral and the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Collateral. 
 “Series 2004-1 Collection Account” is defined in Section 3.1(b). 
 “Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Amount” means the sum of the Class A-1 Controlled Amortization Amount and the Class A-2
Controlled Amortization Amount. 
 “Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period” means the period commencing at the opening
of business on the earlier of the Early Controlled Amortization Date and December 1, 2010 (or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such day) and continuing to the earliest of (i) the
commencement of the Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period, (ii) the date on which the Series 2004-1 Notes are fully paid and (iii) the termination of the Indenture. 
 “Series 2004-1 Controlled Distribution Amount” means, with respect to any Related Month during the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization
Period, an amount equal to the sum of the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Amount for such Related Month and any Series 2004-1 Carryover Controlled Amortization Amount for such Related Month. 
 “Series 2004-1 Demand Note” means each demand note made by a Demand Note Issuer, substantially in the form of Exhibit D to this
Supplement, as amended, modified or restated from time to time. 
 “Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount” means, as of
the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date, the aggregate amount of all proceeds of demands made on the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes pursuant to Section 3.5(c)(iii), 3.5(d)(ii) or 3.5(e)(ii) that were 
  

 -17- 

 deposited into the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account and paid to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders during the one-year
period ending on the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date; provided, however, that if an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, without the lapse of a
period of 60 consecutive days) with respect to a Demand Note Issuer shall have occurred during such one-year period, the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount as of the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date shall equal the Series 2004-1
Demand Note Payment Amount as if it were calculated as of the date of such occurrence. 
 “Series 2004-1 Deposit Date” is
defined in Section 3.2. 
 “Series 2004-1 Distribution Account” is defined in Section 3.9(a). 
 “Series 2004-1 Distribution Account Collateral” is defined in Section 3.9(d) of this Supplement. 
 “Series 2004-1 Eligible Letter of Credit Provider” means a person satisfactory to ABCR and the Demand Note Issuers and having, at the
time of the issuance of the related Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “A+” from Standard & Poor’s and a short-term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “A-1”
from Standard & Poor’s and a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “A1” from Moody’s and a short-term senior unsecured debt rating of “P-1” from Moody’s that is a commercial bank having total
assets in excess of $500,000,000; provided that if a person is not a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider (or a letter of credit provider under the Supplement for any other Series of Notes), then such person shall not be a Series 2004-1
Eligible Letter of Credit Provider until CRCF has provided 10 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent that such person has been proposed as a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider. 
 “Series 2004-1 Enhancement” means the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Collateral, the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit, the Series
2004-1 Demand Notes and the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Amount. 
 “Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount” means, as of any
date of determination, the sum of (i) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount as of such date, (ii) the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount as of such date and (iii) the amount of cash and Permitted Investments on deposit
in the Series 2004-1 Collection Account (not including amounts allocable to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account) and the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Enhancement Deficiency” means, on any date of determination, the amount by which the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount is
less than the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account” is
defined in Section 3.1(b). 
 “Series 2004-1 Expected Final Distribution Date” means the earlier of (i) the
seventh Distribution Date in the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period and (ii) the June 2011 Distribution Date. 
  

 -18- 

 “Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Highest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date
of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease that are either not subject to a Manufacturer Program or not eligible for
repurchase under a Manufacturer Program as of such date and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Intermediate Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, 100% minus the sum
of (a) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage and (b) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Highest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage. 
 “Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the sum, without
duplication, of (1) the aggregate Net Book Value of all Program Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease that are manufactured by Eligible Program Manufacturers having long-term senior unsecured debt ratings of “Baa2” or higher from
Moody’s as of such date, (2) so long as any Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer has a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “Baa2” or higher from Moody’s and no Manufacturer Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
with respect to such Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer, the aggregate Net Book Value of all Non-Program Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease manufactured by each such Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer that are subject to a Manufacturer Program
and remain eligible for repurchase thereunder as of such date and (3) the lesser of (A) the sum of (x) if as of such date any Eligible Program Manufacturer has a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “Baa3” from
Moody’s, the aggregate Net Book Value of all Program Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease manufactured by each such Eligible Program Manufacturer as of such date and (y) if as of such date any Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer has a
long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “Baa3” from Moody’s and no Manufacturer Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer, the aggregate Net Book Value of all Non-Program
Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease manufactured by each such Eligible Non-Program Manufacturer that are subject to a Manufacturer Program and remain eligible for repurchase thereunder as of such date and (B) 10% of the aggregate Net Book
Value of all Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease as of such date and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the
numerator of which is the lesser of (1) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base as of such date and (2) the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount as of such date and (b) the denominator of which is the Series
2004-1 Invested Amount. 
 “Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date, the percentage equivalent
of a fraction the numerator of which is the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount as of such date and the denominator of which is the Finance Lease Series Invested Amount. 
 “Series 2004-1 Highest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (A) the product of (i) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Highest 
  

 -19- 

 Enhanced Vehicle Percentage and (ii) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Percentage as of such date and (B) the
product of (i) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Highest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage and (ii) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Percentage as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Highest Enhancement Rate” means, as of any date of determination, the greater of (a) 30.5% and (b) the sum of
(i) 30.5% and (ii) the highest, for any calendar month within the preceding twelve calendar months, of the greater of (x) an amount (not less than zero) equal to 100% minus the Measurement Month Average for the immediately
preceding Measurement Month and (y) an amount (not less than zero) equal to 100% minus the Market Value Average as of the Determination Date within such calendar month (excluding the Market Value Average for any Determination Date which
has not yet occurred). 
 “Series 2004-1 Initial Invested Amount” is defined in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Series 2004-1 Interest Period” means a period commencing on and including a Distribution Date and ending on and including the day
preceding the next succeeding Distribution Date; provided, however, that the initial Series 2004-1 Interest Period shall commence on and include the date hereof. 
 “Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge” is defined in Section 3.10(a). 
 “Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Collateral” is defined in Section 3.10(b). 
 “Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty” means CRCF’s counterparty under any Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge.

 “Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Proceeds” means the amounts received by the Trustee from a Series 2004-1 Interest Rate
Hedge Counterparty from time to time in respect of any Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge (including amounts received from a guarantor or from collateral). 
 “Series 2004-1 Intermediate Enhanced Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (A) the product of (i) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Intermediate Enhanced
Vehicle Percentage and (ii) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Percentage as of such date and (B) the product of (i) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Intermediate Enhanced Vehicle Percentage and (ii) the Series 2004-1 AESOP
I Operating Lease Percentage as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Intermediate Enhancement Rate” means, as of any date of
determination, 27.25%. 
 “Series 2004-1 Invested Amount” means, on any date of determination, the sum of (i) the
Class A-1 Invested Amounts and (ii) the Class A-2 Invested Amount on such date. 
  

 -20- 

 “Series 2004-1 Invested Percentage” means as of any date of determination: 

(a) when used with respect to Principal Collections, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction
the numerator of which shall be equal to the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount, determined during the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period as of the end of the Related Month or, until the end of the initial Related Month, as of the date hereof, or, during the
Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period and the Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period, as of the end of the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period, and the denominator of which shall be the greater as of the end of the immediately preceding Business
Day of (I) the Aggregate Asset Amount as of the end of the Related Month or, until the end of the initial Related Month, as of the date hereof and (II) as of the same date in clause (I), the sum of the numerators used to determine
(i) invested percentages for allocations with respect to Principal Collections (for all Series of Notes and all classes of such Series of Notes) and (ii) overcollateralization percentages for allocations with respect to Principal
Collections (for all Series of Notes that provide for credit enhancement in the form of overcollateralization); and 
 (b)
when used with respect to Interest Collections, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction the numerator of which shall be the Accrued Amounts with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes on such date of
determination, and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate Accrued Amounts with respect to all Series of Notes on such date of determination. 
 “Series 2004-1 Lease Interest Payment Deficit” means on any Distribution Date an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate amount of Interest Collections which pursuant to
Section 3.2(a), (b) or (c) would have been allocated to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account if all payments of Monthly Base Rent required to have been made under the Leases from and excluding the preceding Distribution Date to
and including such Distribution Date were made in full over (b) the aggregate amount of Interest Collections which pursuant to Section 3.2(a), (b) or (c) have been allocated to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account
(excluding any amounts paid into the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account pursuant to the proviso in Sections 3.2(c)(ii) and 3.2(d)(ii)) from and excluding the preceding Distribution Date to and including such Distribution Date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit” means either a Series 2004-1 Lease Interest Payment Deficit or a Series 2004-1 Lease Principal
Payment Deficit. 
 “Series 2004-1 Lease Principal Payment Carryover Deficit” means (a) for the initial Distribution
Date, zero and (b) for any other Distribution Date, the excess of (x) the Series 2004-1 Lease Principal Payment Deficit, if any, on the preceding Distribution Date over (y) the amount deposited in the Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date pursuant to Section 3.5(c) of this Supplement on account of such Series 2004-1 Lease Principal Payment Deficit. 
 “Series 2004-1 Lease Principal Payment Deficit” means on any Distribution Date the sum of (a) the Series 2004-1 Monthly Lease Principal Payment Deficit for such Distribution Date and (b) the Series 2004-1 Lease
Principal Payment Carryover Deficit for such Distribution Date. 
  

 -21- 

 “Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit” means an irrevocable letter of credit, if any,
substantially in the form of Exhibit E to this Supplement issued by a Series 2004-1 Eligible Letter of Credit Provider in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge
Counterparty. 
 “Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the
sum of (i) the aggregate amount available to be drawn on such date under each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, as specified therein (which amount shall include any reinstatement of the available amount only to the extent actually given effect by
such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider), and (ii) if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and funded pursuant to Section 3.8, the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount on such date and
(b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes on such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Letter of
Credit Expiration Date” means, with respect to any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, the expiration date set forth in such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, as such date may be extended in accordance with the terms of such Series 2004-1 Letter
of Credit. 
 “Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Liquidity Amount” means, as of any date of determination (subject to
Section 10.14(b)), the sum of (a) the aggregate amount available to be drawn on such date under each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, as specified therein, and (b) if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and
funded pursuant to Section 3.8 of this Supplement, the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount on such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider” means the issuer of a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit. 
 “Series
2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date” means the first to occur of (a) the date on which the Series 2004-1 Notes are fully paid and (b) the Series 2004-1 Termination Date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Limited Liquidation Event of Default” means, so long as such event or condition continues, any event or condition of the
type specified in clauses (a) through (j) of Article IV; provided, however, that any event or condition of the type specified in clauses (a) through (j) of Article IV shall not constitute a Series 2004-1 Limited
Liquidation Event of Default if (i) within such thirty (30) day period, such Amortization Event shall have been cured or (ii) the Trustee shall have received the written consent of each of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders waiving the
occurrence of such Series 2004-1 Limited Liquidation Event of Default. 
 “Series 2004-1 Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage”
means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (A) the product of (i) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage and (ii) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Percentage as of such date and (B) the product
of (i) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage and (ii) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Percentage as of such date. 
  

 -22- 

 “Series 2004-1 Lowest Enhancement Rate” means, as of any date of determination, 15.75%.

 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Aggregate Kia/Isuzu/Subaru/Hyundai/Suzuki Amount” means, as of any day, with respect to Kia,
Isuzu, Subaru, Hyundai and Suzuki, in the aggregate, an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under each of the Operating Leases and the Finance Lease on such day. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Amount” means any of the Series 2004-1 Maximum Manufacturer Amounts, the Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Eligible
Manufacturer Amount, the Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Program Vehicle Amount or the Series 2004-1 Maximum Specified States Amount. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Individual Kia/Isuzu/Subaru Amount” means, as of any day, with respect to Kia, Isuzu and Subaru, individually, an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under each
of the Operating Leases and the Finance Lease on such day. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Individual Hyundai/Suzuki Amount”
means, as of any day, with respect to Hyundai or Suzuki, individually, an amount equal to 7.5% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the Leases on such day. This Amendment is limited as specified and, except as expressly
stated herein, shall not constitute a modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Manufacturer Amount” means, as of any day, any of the Series 2004-1 Maximum Mitsubishi Amount, the Series 2004-1 Maximum Nissan Amount, the Series 2004-1 Maximum Individual Kia/Isuzu/Subaru Amount,
the Series 2004-1 Maximum Individual Hyundai/Suzuki Amount or the Series 2004-1 Maximum Aggregate Kia/Isuzu/Subaru/Hyundai/Suzuki Amount. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Mitsubishi Amount” means, as of any day, an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under each of the Operating Leases and the Finance Lease on such day. 

“Series 2004-1 Maximum Nissan Amount” means, as of any day, an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles
leased under each of the Operating Leases and the Finance Lease on such day. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Eligible Manufacturer
Amount” means, as of any day, an amount equal to 3% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under each of the Operating Leases and the Finance Lease on such day. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Program Vehicle Amount” means, as of any day, an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Program
Vehicle Percentage of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under each of the Operating Leases and the Finance Lease on such day. 
  

 -23- 

 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Program Vehicle Percentage” means, as of any date of
determination, 40%; provided that the forgoing 40% shall be increased by the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Redesignated Vehicles manufactured by each Bankrupt Manufacturer
and each other Manufacturer with respect to which a Manufacturer Event of Default has occurred and leased under the Leases as of such date and the denominator of which is the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under each of the
Operating Leases and the Finance Lease as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Maximum Specified States Amount” means, as of any
day, an amount equal to 7.5% of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under each of the Operating Leases and the Finance Lease on such day. 
 “Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest” means the sum of the Class A-1 Monthly Interest and the Class A-2 Monthly Interest. 
 “Series 2004-1 Monthly Lease Principal Payment Deficit” means on any Distribution Date an amount equal to the excess, if any, of
(a) the aggregate amount of Principal Collections which pursuant to Section 3.2(a), (b) or (c) would have been allocated to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account if all payments required to have been made under the Leases from and
excluding the preceding Distribution Date to and including such Distribution Date were made in full over (b) the aggregate amount of Principal Collections which pursuant to Section 3.2(a), (b) or (c) have been allocated to the
Series 2004-1 Collection Account (without giving effect to any amounts paid into the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account pursuant to the proviso in Sections 3.2(c)(ii) and/or 3.2(d)(ii)) from and excluding the preceding Distribution Date to and
including such Distribution Date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Note” means either or both, as the context may require, of the
Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes. 
 “Series 2004-1 Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Series
2004-1 Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Series 2004-1 Past Due Rent Payment” is defined in Section 3.2(g).

 “Series 2004-1 Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator
of which is the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount as of such date and the denominator of which is the sum of the Invested Amount of each Series of Notes outstanding as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Principal Allocation” is defined in Section 3.2(a)(ii). 
 “Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period” means the period beginning at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding
the day on which an Amortization Event is deemed to have occurred with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes and ending upon the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the Series 2004-1 Notes are fully paid and the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate
Hedges have been terminated and there are no amounts due and owing thereunder and (ii) the termination of the Indenture. 
  

 -24- 

 “Series 2004-1 Reimbursement Agreement” means any and each agreement providing for the
reimbursement of a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider for draws under its Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Series 2004-1 Required AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of
(x) the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount as of such date over (y) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement Borrowing Base as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of: 
 (i) the product of the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Percentage as of such date and the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount as of such date; 
 (ii) the greater of (x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the Non-Program Vehicle Amount as of the immediately
preceding Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Program Vehicle Amount as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (y) the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the
Net Book Value of all Non-Program Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Non-Program
Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day over (B) the product of the Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Program Vehicle Percentage and the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle
Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles that
are leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day; 
 (iii) the greater of
(x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Mitsubishi and leased under the Leases as of the immediately preceding Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum
Mitsubishi Amount as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (y) the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by
Mitsubishi and leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Mitsubishi and leased
under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day over (B) 5% of the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as
of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day;

  

 -25- 

 (iv) the greater of (x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the
aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Kia, Isuzu or Subaru, individually, and leased under the Leases as of the immediately preceding Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum Individual Kia/Isuzu/Subaru Amount as of the
immediately preceding Business Day and (y) the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Kia, Isuzu or Subaru,
individually, and leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Kia, Isuzu or
Subaru, individually, and leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day over (B) 5% of the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased
under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the
immediately preceding Business Day; 
 (v) the greater of (x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the
aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Hyundai or Suzuki, individually, and leased under the Leases as of the immediately preceding Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum Individual Hyundai/Suzuki Amount as of the immediately
preceding Business Day and (y) the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Hyundai or Suzuki, individually, and leased
under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Hyundai or Suzuki, individually, and leased
under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day over (B) 7.5% of the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease
as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day;

 (vi) the greater of (x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Book Value of all
Vehicles manufactured by Kia, Isuzu, Subaru, Hyundai or Suzuki, in the aggregate, and leased under the Leases as of the immediately preceding Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum Aggregate Kia/Isuzu/Subaru/Hyundai/Suzuki Amount as of the
immediately preceding Business Day and (y) the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Kia, Isuzu, Subaru, Hyundai or
Suzuki, in the aggregate, and leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Kia,
Isuzu, Subaru, Hyundai or Suzuki, in the aggregate, and leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day over (B) 15% of the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net

  

 -26- 

 Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding
Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day; 
 (vii) the greater of the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the Specified States Amount as of the immediately preceding
Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum Specified States Amount as of the immediately preceding Business Day; 
 (viii)
the greater of (x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the Non-Eligible Manufacturer Amount as of the immediately preceding Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Eligible Manufacturer Amount as of the immediately
preceding Business Day and (y) the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Manufacturers other than Eligible Non-Program
Manufacturers and leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Manufacturers other
than Eligible Non-Program Manufacturers and leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day over (B) 3% of the sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all
Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as
of the immediately preceding Business Day; 
 (ix) at any time that the long-term senior unsecured debt rating of Nissan is
“BBB-” or above from Standard & Poor’s and “Baa3” or above from Moody’s, 0 and in all other cases the greater of (x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Book Value of
all Vehicles manufactured by Nissan and leased under the Leases as of the immediately preceding Business Day over the Series 2004-1 Maximum Nissan Amount as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (y) the excess, if any, of (A) the
sum of (1) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the aggregate Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Nissan and leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series
2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles manufactured by Nissan and leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day over (B) 5% of the sum of (1) the
Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage of the Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Finance Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day and (2) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Percentage of the
Net Book Value of all Vehicles leased under the AESOP I Operating Lease as of the immediately preceding Business Day; and 
 (x) the Series 2004-1 Percentage of any Aggregate Adjustment Amount. 
  

 -27- 

 “Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Percentage” means, as of any date of determination,
the sum of (i) the product of (A) the Series 2004-1 Lowest Enhancement Rate and (B) the Series 2004-1 Lowest Enhanced Vehicle Percentage as of such date, (ii) the product of (A) the Series 2004-1 Intermediate Enhancement
Rate as of such date and (B) the Series 2004-1 Intermediate Enhanced Vehicle Percentage as of such date, and (iii) the product of (A) the Series 2004-1 Highest Enhancement Rate as of such date and (B) the Series 2004-1 Highest
Enhanced Vehicle Percentage as of such date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Required Reserve Account Amount” means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount over the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount (excluding therefrom the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount and calculated after giving
effect to any payments of principal to be made on the Series 2004-1 Notes) on such Distribution Date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Reserve
Account” is defined in Section 3.7(a). 
 “Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Collateral” is defined in
Section 3.7(d). 
 “Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Surplus” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the excess, if
any, of the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount over the Series 2004-1 Required Reserve Account Amount on such Distribution Date. 
 “Series 2004-1 Revolving Period” means the period from and including, the Effective Date to the earlier of (i) the commencement of the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period and (ii) the commencement of the
Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period. 
 “Series 2004-1 Shortfall” is defined in Section 3.3(f). 
 “Series 2004-1 Termination Date” means the Distribution Date falling in the sixth calendar month after an Amortization Event occurs and
is continuing; provided that if an Amortization Event occurs after the 15th day of a month, then such
Amortization Event shall be deemed, for purposes of this definition, to have occurred on the first day of the following month. 
 “Series 2004-1 Unpaid Demand Amount” means, with respect to any single draw pursuant to Section 3.5(c), (d) or (e) on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit, the aggregate amount drawn by the Trustee on all
Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. 
 “Series 2004-2 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2004-2 Notes.

 “Series 2004-3 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2004-3 Notes. 
 “Series 2005-1 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2005-1 Notes. 
  

 -28- 

 “Series 2005-2 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2005-2 Notes.

 “Series 2005-3 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2005-3 Notes. 
 “Series 2005-4 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2005-4 Notes. 
 “Series 2006-1 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2006-1 Notes. 
 “Series 2006-2 Notes” means the Series of Notes designated as the Series 2006-2 Notes. 
 “Special Enhancement Draw Date” means the first Distribution Date upon which a Lease Event of Default or an Amortization Event under
Article IV (d) or (e) has occurred or is continuing and each Distribution Date thereafter. 
 “Statutory Reserve
Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special,
emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal (rounded up to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) established by the Board with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency
Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D. Eurodollar Tranches shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements
without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time under such Regulation D or comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of
any change in the reserve percentage. 
 “Supplement” is defined in the recitals hereto. 
 “Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any
Governmental Authority. 
 “Termination Date Disbursement” means an amount drawn under a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit
pursuant to a Certificate of Termination Date Demand. 
 “Termination Disbursement” means an amount drawn under a Series
2004-1 Letter of Credit pursuant to a Certificate of Termination Demand. 
 “Transfer Supplement” is defined in
Section 10.1(b). 
 “Transferee” is defined in Section 10.1(d). 
 “Trustee” is defined in the recitals hereto. 
  

 -29- 

 “Unpaid Demand Note Disbursement” means an amount drawn under a Series 2004-1 Letter of
Credit pursuant to a Certificate of Unpaid Demand Note Demand. 
 “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, the
common stock or membership interests of such Person and any other security of, or ownership interest in, such Person having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or a majority of the managers (or other Persons serving
similar functions) of such Person. 
 “Waiver Event” means the occurrence of the delivery of a Waiver Request and the
subsequent waiver of any Series 2004-1 Maximum Amount. 
 “Waiver Request” is defined in Article V. 
 ARTICLE II 
 PURCHASE AND SALE OF
SERIES 2004-1 NOTES; DELIVERY OF SERIES 2004-1 
 NOTES, CLASS A-1 INCREASES AND OPTIONAL CLASS A-1 DECREASES OF 
 CLASS A-1 INVESTED AMOUNT 
 Section 2.1. Purchases of Series 2004-1 Notes. (a) Surrender of the Original Series 2004-1 Notes. Each of the Original Series 2004-1 Purchasers has surrendered its Original Series 2004-1 Note in consideration of
either the payment in full of the amount outstanding thereunder or the issuance of a Class A-1 Note or a Class A-2 Note, as applicable, on or prior to the date hereof. 
 (b) Initial Purchases of Class A-1 Notes. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Supplement (i) each Class A-1 Purchaser shall
advance funds under its Class A-1 Note in an amount equal to its Class A-1 Commitment Percentage of the Class A-1 Initial Invested Amount on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date to and including the
Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date and (ii) thereafter, each Class A-1 Purchaser shall maintain its Class A-1 Note in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement. 
 (c) Payments for Series 2004-1 Notes. Payments by each Purchaser for a Series 2004-1 Note shall be made in immediately available funds on the
Effective Date and, in the case of each Class A-1 Purchaser, on each Class A-1 Increase Date to the Trustee for deposit into the Series 2004-1 Collection Account. The obligation of each Class A-1 Purchaser and each Class A-2
Purchaser to make advances on its Class A-1 Note or to purchase a Class A-2 Note is several and no Class A-1 Purchaser or Class A-2 Purchaser shall be responsible for the failure of any other Class A-1 Purchaser or
Class A-2 Purchaser, as the case may be, to make its advance or purchase. On the Effective Date, for any Purchaser who is also an Original Purchaser, the aggregate amount payable by such Purchaser for any Class A-1 Note and/or
Class A-2 Note shall be reduced by aggregate outstanding principal amount of its Series 2004-1 Note immediately prior to the Effective Date. 
 (d) Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amounts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Supplement, at no time shall the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser
exceed the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser at such time. 
  

 -30- 

 (e) Form of Series 2004-1 Notes. The Class A-1 Notes shall be issued in fully registered form
without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 hereto. The Class A-2 Notes shall be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 hereto.

 Section 2.2. Delivery. (a) On the Effective Date, CRCF shall sign and shall direct the Trustee in writing to duly
authenticate, and the Trustee, upon receiving such direction, shall so (x) authenticate (i) a Class A-1 Note in the name of each Class A-1 Purchaser in an amount equal to the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with
respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser and (ii) a Class A-2 Note in the name of each Class A-2 Purchaser in the amount set forth on Schedule 1 next to such Class A-2 Purchaser’s name and (y) deliver such
Class A-1 Note to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Class A-1 Purchaser and such Class A-2 Note to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Class A-2 Purchaser. 
 (b) The Administrative Agent shall maintain a record of the actual Purchaser Invested Amount outstanding with respect to each Purchaser and the actual
Class A-1 Invested Amount and Class A-2 Invested Amount outstanding on any date of determination, which, absent manifest error, shall constitute prima facie evidence of the outstanding Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amounts, the
outstanding Class A-1 Invested Amount, the outstanding Class A-2 Purchaser Invested Amounts and the outstanding Class A-2 Invested Amount from time to time. Upon a written request from the Trustee, the Administrative Agent shall
provide in writing the identity of the Class A-1 Purchaser and the Class A-1 Commitment Percentage and/or Class A-1 Pro Rata Share with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser to the Trustee. Upon a written request from the Trustee
the Administrative Agent shall provide in writing the identity of the Class A-2 Purchasers and the Class A-2 Pro Rata Share with respect to such Class A-2 Purchaser to the Trustee. 
 Section 2.3. Procedure for Initial Issuance and for Increasing the Class A-1 Invested Amount. (a) Subject to Section 2.3(b),
(i) on the Effective Date, each Class A-1 Purchaser shall purchase a Class A-1 Note in accordance with Section 2.1 and (ii) on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date to (but excluding) the Class A-1
Increase Expiry Date such Class A-1 Purchaser hereby agrees that the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser may be increased by an amount equal to its Class A-1 Commitment Percentage of the
Class A-1 Increase Amount (an “Class A-1 Increase”), upon the request of CRCF (each date on which an increase in the Class A-1 Invested Amount occurs hereunder being herein referred to as the “Class A-1 Increase
Date” applicable to such Class A-1 Increase); provided, however, that CRCF shall have given the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) irrevocable written notice (effective upon receipt), by telecopy (receipt
confirmed), substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, of such request no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the Effective Date or such Class A-1 Increase Date, as the case may be. Such
notice shall (x) notify the Administrative Agent of the Effective Date or the Class A-1 Increase Date, as the case may be, and (y) state the initial invested amount (the “Class A-1 Initial Invested Amount”) or the
proposed amount of the increase in the Class A-1 Invested Amount (an “Class A-1 Increase Amount”), as the case may be. The obligations of each Class A-1 Purchaser to fund a Class A-1 Increase Amount is several and no
Class A-1 Purchaser shall be responsible for the failure of another Class A-1 Purchaser to fund its Class A-1 Increase. 
  

 -31- 

 (b) No Purchaser shall be required to make the initial purchase of a Series 2004-1 Note on the Effective
Date or, in the case of a Class A-1 Purchaser, to increase its Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount on any Class A-1 Increase Date hereunder unless: 
 (i) (1) in the case of a Class A-1 Purchaser, such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Class A-1 Commitment Percentage of the
Class A-1 Initial Invested Amount or such Class A-1 Increase Amount is equal to (A) $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (except as set forth in clause (iv)) or (B) if less, the excess of the
Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser over the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser and (2) in the case of a Class A-2 Purchaser,
the initial purchase shall be equal to the such Class A-2 Purchaser’s Class A-2 Purchaser Invested Amount as of the Effective Date; 
 (ii) in the case of a Class A-1 Purchaser, after giving effect to the Class A-1 Initial Invested Amount or such Class A-1 Increase Amount, the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to
such Class A-1 Purchaser would not exceed the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser; 
 (iii) after giving effect thereto, no AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Deficiency would occur and be continuing; 
 (iv) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event would occur and be continuing prior to or after giving effect thereto; 
 (v) all of the representations and warranties made by each of CRCF, the Lessees, the Lessors and the Administrator in the Base Indenture,
this Supplement and the Related Documents to which each is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date or such Class A-1 Increase Date, as the case may be, as if made on and as of such date (except to
the extent such representations and warranties are expressly made as of another date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such other date); and 
 (vi) the Class A-1 Increase Date shall occur prior to the Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date; 
 (vii) all conditions precedent to the making of any Loan under the applicable Loan Agreements would be satisfied. 
 CRCF’s acceptance of funds in connection with (x) the initial purchase of Series 2004-1 Notes on the Effective Date and (y) each Class A-1 Increase
occurring on any Class A-1 Increase Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by CRCF to the Purchasers as of the Effective Date or, in the case of the Class A-1 Purchasers, such Class A-1 Increase Date (except to the extent
such representations and warranties are expressly made as of another date), as the case may be, that all of the conditions contained in this Section 2.3(b) have been satisfied. 
 (c) Upon receipt of any notice required by Section 2.3(a) from CRCF, the Administrative Agent shall forward (by telecopy or electronic messaging
system) a copy of such notice to each Class A-1 Purchaser, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day 
  

 -32- 

 received. After receipt by any Class A-1 Purchaser of such notice from the Administrative Agent, such Class A-1
Purchaser shall, so long as the conditions set forth in Sections 2.3(a) and (b) are satisfied, pay in immediately available funds its Class A-1 Commitment Percentage (or any portion thereof) of the amount of such Class A-1 Increase on
the related Class A-1 Increase Date to the Trustee for deposit into the Series 2004-1 Collection Account. 
 (d) Unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Class A-1 Purchaser prior to the proposed date of any Class A-1 Increase that such Class A-1 Purchaser will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Class A-1
Purchaser’s Class A-1 Commitment Percentage of such Class A-1 Increase, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Class A-1 Purchaser has made its Class A-1 Commitment Percentage of such Class A-1 Increase available
on such date in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to CRCF a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Class A-1 Purchaser has not in fact made its Class A-1 Commitment Percentage
of such Class A-1 Increase available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Class A-1 Purchaser and CRCF severally agree to pay the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds
with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to CRCF to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Class A-1 Purchaser,
the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by CRCF, the interest rate applicable to
the Alternate Base Rate Tranche. If CRCF and such Class A-1 Purchaser shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to CRCF the amount of such interest
paid by CRCF for such period. If such Class A-1 Purchaser pays its share of the applicable Class A-1 Increase, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Class A-1 Commitment Percentage included in
such Class A-1 Increase. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Class A-1 Purchaser or CRCF with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.3(d) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. 
 (e) On the Effective Date, each Class A-2 Purchaser shall, so long as the conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date have been satisfied,
pay in immediately available funds an amount equal to the amount specified on Schedule 1 next to such Class A-2 Purchaser’s name to the Trustee for deposit into the Series 2004-1 Collection Account. 
 Section 2.4. Procedure for Decreasing the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount. (a) Class A-1 Invested Amount. On any Distribution
Date prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event, upon the written request of CRCF or the Administrator on behalf of CRCF, the Class A-1 Invested Amount may be reduced (a “Class A-1 Decrease”) by the Trustee’s
withdrawing from the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account, depositing into the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account and distributing to the Administrative Agent funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account on such day in
accordance with Section 3.5(b) in an amount not to exceed the amount of such funds on deposit on such day; provided that CRCF shall have given the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) irrevocable written notice (effective
upon receipt) of the amount of such Class A-1 Decrease prior to 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to such Class A-1 Decrease; provided, that any such Class A-1 Decrease shall be in an amount
equal to $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 
  

 -33- 

 in excess thereof. Upon each Class A-1 Decrease, the Administrative Agent shall indicate in its records such
Class A-1 Decrease and the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount outstanding with respect to each Class A-1 Purchaser after giving effect to such Class A-1 Decrease. 
 (b) Class A-2 Invested Amount. On any Distribution Date prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event, upon the written request of CRCF or
the Administrator on behalf of CRCF, the Class A-2 Invested Amount may be reduced (a “Class A-2 Decrease”) by the Trustee’s withdrawing from the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account, depositing into the Series 2004-1
Distribution Account and distributing to the Administrative Agent funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account on such day in accordance with Section 3.5(b) in an amount not to exceed the amount of such funds on deposit on
such day; provided that CRCF shall have given the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) irrevocable written notice (effective upon receipt) of the amount of such Class A-2 Decrease prior to 9:30 a.m. (New York City time)
on the third Business Day prior to such Class A-2 Decrease; provided, that any such Class A-2 Decrease shall be in an amount equal to $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof. Upon each Class A-2
Decrease, the Administrative Agent shall indicate in its records such Class A-2 Decrease and the Class A-2 Purchaser Invested Amount outstanding with respect to each Class A-2 Purchaser after giving effect to such Class A-2
Decrease. Once reduced, the Class A-2 Purchaser Invested Amounts may not be subsequently increased. 
 Section 2.5. Reductions
of the Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount. (a) On any Business Day prior to the Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date, CRCF may, upon two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (effective upon
receipt) (with copies to the Administrator and the Trustee) reduce the Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided that no such termination or reduction
shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any reduction in the Class A-1 Invested Amount on such date, (x) the Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to any Class A-1 Purchaser would exceed the
Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser then in effect or (y) the Class A-1 Invested Amount would exceed the Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount. Any reduction in the Class A-1
Maximum Invested Amount shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amounts with respect to the Class A-1 Purchasers, based on the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to
each Class A-1 Purchaser. Once reduced, the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amounts may not be subsequently reinstated without each such Class A-1 Purchaser’s prior written consent, which consent shall be granted or not in
the sole discretion of such Class A-1 Purchaser. 
 Section 2.6. Interest; Fees. (a) Interest shall be payable on the
Series 2004-1 Notes on each Distribution Date pursuant to Section 3.3. Unless otherwise provided for herein or otherwise specified in writing by CRCF, any Class A-1 Increase Amount shall be allocated to an Alternate Base Rate Tranche and
shall be reallocated to a Class A-1 Eurodollar Tranche on the first Distribution Date following the applicable Class A-1 Increase Date. Unless otherwise provided for herein or otherwise specified in writing by CRCF, the proceeds of the
Class A-2 Notes shall be allocated to a Class A-2 Eurodollar Tranche. 
  

 -34- 

 (b) On not less than three Business Days notice, the Administrator may, on CRCF’s behalf, convert
any Eurodollar Tranche into any Alternate Base Rate Tranche on the last day of the Eurodollar Period for such Eurodollar Tranche. On not less than three Business Days notice, the Administrator may, on CRCF’s behalf, convert on any Business Day
any Alternative Base Rate Tranche to a Eurodollar Tranche. 
 (c) CRCF shall pay with funds available pursuant to Section 3.3(a) to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of each Class A-1 Purchaser, on each Distribution Date, a commitment fee with respect to the Series 2004-1 Interest Period ending on the day preceding such Distribution Date (the “Commitment
Fee”) during the period from the Effective Date to and including the Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date at the Commitment Fee Rate of the average daily Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1
Purchaser during such Series 2004-1 Interest Period less the sum of the average daily Class A-1 Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Class A-1 Purchaser. The Commitment Fees shall be payable monthly in arrears on each
Distribution Date. 
 (d) Calculations of per annum rates under this Supplement shall be made on the basis of a 360- (or 365-/366- in the
case of interest on an Alternate Base Rate Tranche) day year. Calculations of Commitment Fees shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year. Each determination of the Adjusted LIBO Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding upon
each of the parties hereto in the absence of manifest error. 
 (e) In no event shall the interest charged with respect to a Series 2004-1
Note exceed the maximum amount permitted by Applicable Law. If at any time the interest rate charged with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes exceeds the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law, the rate of interest to accrue pursuant to this
Supplement and such Series 2004-1 Note shall be limited to the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law, but any subsequent reductions in LIBO Rate shall not reduce the interest to accrue on such Series 2004-1 Note below the maximum amount permitted
by Applicable Law until the total amount of interest accrued on such Series 2004-1 Note equals the amount of interest that would have accrued if a varying rate per annum equal to the interest rate had at all times been in effect. If the total amount
of interest paid or accrued on the Series 2004-1 Note under the foregoing provisions is less than the total amount of interest that would have accrued if the interest rate had at all times been in effect, CRCF agrees to pay to the Series 2004-1
Noteholders an amount equal to the difference between (a) the lesser of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued if the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law had at all times been in effect, or (ii) the amount of interest
that would have accrued if the Adjusted LIBO Rate had at all times been in effect, and (b) the amount of interest accrued in accordance with the other provisions of this Supplement. 
 Section 2.7. Indemnification by CRCF. CRCF agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, the Administrative Agent, each Purchaser and
each of their respective officers, directors, agents and employees (each, a “Company indemnified person”) from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by (a “Claim”) such
Company indemnified person by reason of (i) any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of, or relating to, activities of CRCF pursuant to the Indenture or the other Related Documents to which it is a party, (ii) a breach
of any representation or warranty made or deemed made by CRCF (or any of its officers) in the Indenture or other Related Document or (iii) a 
  

 -35- 

 failure by CRCF to comply with any applicable law or regulation or to perform its covenants, agreements, duties or
obligations required to be performed or observed by it in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture or the other Related Documents, including, but not limited to, any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other
reasonable costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim, except to the extent such loss, liability, expense, damage or injury resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct of such Company indemnified person or its officers, directors, agents, principals, employees or employers or includes any Excluded Taxes; provided that any payments made by CRCF pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be
made solely from funds available pursuant to Section 3.3(e), shall be non-recourse other than with respect to such funds, and shall not constitute a claim against CRCF to the extent that such funds are insufficient to make such payment.

 ARTICLE III 
 SERIES
2004-1 ALLOCATIONS 
 With respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes, the following shall apply: 
 Section 3.1. Establishment of Series 2004-1 Collection Account, Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account and Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest
Account. (a) All Collections allocable to the Series 2004-1 Notes shall be allocated to the Collection Account. 
 (b) The Trustee
will create three administrative subaccounts within the Collection Account for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty: the Series 2004-1 Collection Account (such sub-account, the
“Series 2004-1 Collection Account”), the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account (such sub-account, the “Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account”) and the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account (such sub-account,
the “Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account”). Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the accounts established pursuant to this paragraph are for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1
Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, and no other Series of Noteholders shall have any interest in the accounts established pursuant to this paragraph or the Collections therein. 
 Section 3.2. Allocations with Respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes. On each Business Day on which Collections are deposited into the Collection
Account (each such date, a “Series 2004-1 Deposit Date”), the Administrator will direct the Trustee in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to allocate all amounts deposited into the Collection Account in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 3.2: 
 (a) Allocations of Collections During the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period.
During the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period, the Administrator will direct the Trustee in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to allocate, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Series 2004-1 Deposit Date, all amounts
deposited into the Collection Account as set forth below: 
 (i) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount
equal to the sum of (A) the Series 2004-1 Invested Percentage (as determined pursuant to clause (b) of such definition and measured as of such day) of the Interest Collections on such day and (B) any amounts received by the Trustee on
such day in respect of the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedges. All such amounts allocated to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account shall be further allocated to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account; and 
  

 -36- 

 (ii) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account the sum of (A) the
Series 2004-1 Invested Percentage (as determined pursuant to clause (a) of such definition and measured as of such day) of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections on such day (for any such day, the “Series 2004-1 Principal
Allocation”) and (B) the proceeds from the initial issuance of the Series 2004-1 Notes and from any Class A-1 Increase; provided, however, if a Waiver Event shall have occurred, then such allocation shall be modified
as provided in Article V of this Supplement. 
 (b) Allocations of Collections During the Series 2004-1 Controlled
Amortization Period. With respect to the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period, the Administrator will direct the Trustee in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to allocate, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any
Series 2004-1 Deposit Date, all amounts deposited into the Collection Account as set forth below: 
 (i) allocate to the
Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount determined as set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i) above for such day, which amount shall be further allocated to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account; and 
 (ii) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Principal Allocation for such day, which amount
shall be used to make principal payments in respect of the Series 2004-1 Notes; provided, however, that if the Monthly Total Principal Allocation exceeds the Series 2004-1 Controlled Distribution Amount, then the amount of such excess
shall be allocated to the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account; and provided, further, that if a Waiver Event shall have occurred, then such allocation shall be modified as provided in Article V. 
 (c) Allocations of Collections During the Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period. With respect to the Series 2004-1 Rapid
Amortization Period, other than after the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to ABCR, any other Lessee or any Permitted Sublessee, the Administrator will direct the Trustee in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to
allocate, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Series 2004-1 Deposit Date, all amounts deposited into the Collection Account as set forth below: 
 (i) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount determined as set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i) above for such day, which
amount shall be further allocated to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account; and 
  

 -37- 

 (ii) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount equal to the Series
2004-1 Principal Allocation for such day, which amount shall be used to make principal payments on each Distribution Date in respect of the Series 2004-1 Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, until the Series 2004-1 Invested
Amount is paid in full; provided that if on any Determination Date (A) the Administrator determines that the amount anticipated to be available from Interest Collections allocable to the Series 2004-1 Notes, any amounts received by the
Trustee on such day in respect of the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedges and other amounts available pursuant to Section 3.3 to pay Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest, any Fixed Rate Payments and the Commitment Fees on the next succeeding
Distribution Date will be less than the sum of the Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest, any Fixed Rate Payments and the Commitment Fees for such Distribution Date and (B) the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount is greater than zero, then the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee in writing to reallocate a portion of the Principal Collections allocated to the Series 2004-1 Notes during the Related Month equal to the lesser of such insufficiency and the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount
to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account to be treated as Interest Collections on such Distribution Date. 
 (d)
Allocations of Collections after the Occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy. After the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to ABCR, ARAC, BRAC, or any other Permitted Sublessee, the Administrator will direct the Trustee in writing
pursuant to the Administration Agreement to allocate, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Series 2004-1 Deposit Date, all amounts deposited into the Collection Account as set forth below: 
 (i) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease
Vehicle Percentage as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Bankruptcy of the aggregate amount of Interest Collections made under the AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement, (B) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage as of
the date of the occurrence of such Event of Bankruptcy of the aggregate amount of Interest Collections made under the AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement and (C) any amounts received by the Trustee on such day in respect of the Series 2004-1
Interest Rate Hedges on such day. All such amounts allocated to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account shall be further allocated to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account; and 
 (ii) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Series 2004-1 AESOP I Operating Lease
Vehicle Percentage as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Bankruptcy of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections made under the AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement and (B) the Series 2004-1 Finance Lease Vehicle Percentage as
of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Bankruptcy of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections made under the AESOP I Finance Lease Loan Agreement, which amount shall be used to make principal payments on each Payment Date in respect of
the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, ratably, without 
  

 -38- 

 preference or priority of any kind, until the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount has been paid in full;
provided that if on any Determination Date (A) the Administrator determines that the amount anticipated to be available from Interest Collections allocable to the Series 2004-1 Notes, any amounts received by the Trustee on such day in
respect of the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedges and other amounts available pursuant to Section 3.3 to pay Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest, any Fixed Rate Payments and the Commitment Fees on the next succeeding Distribution Date will be less
than the Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest, Fixed Rate Payments and Commitment Fees for the Series 2004-1 Interest Period ending on the day preceding such Distribution Date and (B) the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount is greater than zero, then
the Administrator shall direct the Trustee in writing to reallocate a portion of the Principal Collections allocated to the Series 2004-1 Notes during the Related Month equal to the lesser of such insufficiency and the Series 2004-1 Enhancement
Amount to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account to be treated as Interest Collections on such Distribution Date. 
 (e)
Allocations From Other Series. Amounts allocated to other Series of Notes that have been reallocated by CRCF to the Series 2004-1 Notes (i) during the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period shall be allocated to the Series 2004-1 Excess
Collection Account and applied in accordance with Section 3.2(f) and (ii) during the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period or the Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period shall be allocated to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account and
applied in accordance with Section 3.2(b), 3.2(c) or 3.2(d), as applicable, to make principal payments in respect of the Series 2004-1 Notes. 
 (f) Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account. Amounts allocated to the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account on any Series 2004-1 Deposit Date will be (i) first, deposited in the Series 2004-1 Reserve
Account in an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Series 2004-1 Required Reserve Account Amount for such date, after giving effect to any Class A-1 Increase, Class A-1 Decrease or Class A-2 Decrease on such date, over the Series
2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount for such date, (ii) second, to the extent directed by CRCF used to pay the principal amount of other Series of Notes that are then required to be paid, (iii) third, to the extent directed in writing
by the Administrator, used to make a voluntary Class A-1 Decrease in the Class A-1 Invested Amount or a voluntary Class A-2 Decrease in the Class A-2 Invested Amount, (iv) fourth, to the extent directed in writing by the
Administrator used to make a voluntary decrease in the Invested Amount of any other Series of Notes that may be reduced in accordance with the Indenture, (v) fifth, released to AESOP Leasing in an amount equal to the product of (A) the
Loan Agreement’s Share with respect to the AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement as of such date times (B) 100% minus the Loan Payment Allocation Percentage with respect to the AESOP I Operating Lease Loan Agreement as of such date times
(C) the amount of any remaining funds and (vi) sixth, paid to CRCF for any use permitted by the Related Documents including to make Loans under the Loan Agreements to the extent the Borrowers have requested Loans thereunder and Eligible
Vehicles are available for financing thereunder; provided, in the case of clauses (ii), (v) and (vi), that no AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Deficiency would result therefrom or 
  

 -39- 

 exist immediately thereafter. Upon the occurrence of an Amortization Event, funds on deposit in the
Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account will be withdrawn by the Trustee, deposited in the Series 2004-1 Collection Account and allocated as Principal Collections to reduce the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount on the immediately succeeding Distribution
Date. 
 (g) Past Due Rent Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in the case of Section 3.2(a), if after the
occurrence of a Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit, the Lessees shall make payments of Monthly Base Rent or other amounts payable by the Lessees under the Leases on or prior to the fifth Business Day after the occurrence of such Series 2004-1 Lease
Payment Deficit (a “Past Due Rent Payment”), the Administrator shall direct the Trustee in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account an amount equal to the Series 2004-1
Invested Percentage as of the date of the occurrence of such Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit of the Collections attributable to such Past Due Rent Payment (the “Series 2004-1 Past Due Rent Payment”). The Administrator shall
instruct the Trustee in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Collection Account and apply the Series 2004-1 Past Due Rent Payment in the following order: 
 (i) if the occurrence of such Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit resulted in a withdrawal being made from the Series 2004-1 Reserve
Account pursuant to Section 3.3(d), deposit in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Series 2004-1 Past Due Rent Payment and (y) the excess, if any, of the Series 2004-1 Required Reserve Account
Amount over the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount on such day; 
 (ii) if the occurrence of the related Series
2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit resulted in one or more Lease Deficit Disbursements being made under the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit, pay to each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider who made such a Lease Deficit Disbursement for application in
accordance with the provisions of the applicable Series 2004-1 Reimbursement Agreement an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the unreimbursed amount of such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider’s Lease Deficit Disbursement and
(y) such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider’s pro rata share, calculated on the basis of the unreimbursed amount of each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider’s Lease Deficit Disbursement, of the amount of the Series 2004-1
Past Due Rent Payment remaining after Payment pursuant to clause (i) above; 
 (iii) if the occurrence of such Series
2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit resulted in a withdrawal being made from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account, deposit in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount of the Series 2004-1 Past Due
Rent Payment remaining after any payment pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above and (y) the amount withdrawn from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account on account of such Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit; 
  

 -40- 

 (iv) allocate to the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account the amount, if any, by which
the Series 2004-1 Lease Interest Payment Deficit, if any, relating to such Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit exceeds the amount of the Series 2004-1 Past Due Rent Payment applied pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above; and

 (v) treat the remaining amount of the Series 2004-1 Past Due Rent Payment as Principal Collections allocated to the Series
2004-1 Notes in accordance with Section 3.2(a)(ii) or 3.2(b)(ii), as the case may be. 
 Section 3.3. Payments to Noteholders
and Each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty. On the second London Banking Day prior to the start of each Eurodollar Period, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Eurodollar Period and shall provide
written notice of the Adjusted LIBO Rate to the Trustee and the Administrator. On each Determination Date, as provided below, the Administrator shall instruct the Paying Agent in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to withdraw, and on
the following Distribution Date the Paying Agent, acting in accordance with such instructions, shall withdraw the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account pursuant to Sections 3.3(a) below in respect of all funds available from
Interest Collections and Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Proceeds processed since the preceding Distribution Date and allocated to the holders of the Series 2004-1 Notes. 
 (a) Note Interest with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes. On each Determination Date, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee
and the Paying Agent in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement as to the amount to be withdrawn and paid pursuant to Section 3.4 from the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account to the extent funds are anticipated to be available from
Interest Collections allocable to the Series 2004-1 Notes and the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Proceeds processed from, but not including, the preceding Distribution Date through the succeeding Distribution Date in respect of (w) first, an
amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest for the Series 2004-1 Interest Period ending on the day preceding such related Distribution Date, (x) second, an amount equal to the Commitment Fees for each Class A-1 Purchaser for the
Series 2004-1 Interest Period ending on the day preceding the related Distribution Date, (y) third, an amount equal to all Fixed Rate Payments for the next succeeding Distribution Date, and (z) fourth, an amount equal to the amount of any
unpaid Series 2004-1 Shortfall as of the preceding Distribution Date (together with any accrued interest on such Series 2004-1 Shortfall). On the following Distribution Date, the Trustee shall withdraw the amounts described in the first sentence of
this Section 3.3(a) from the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account and deposit such amounts in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (b) Withdrawals from Series 2004-1 Reserve Account. If the Administrator determines on any Distribution Date that the amounts available from the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account are insufficient to pay
the sum of the amounts described in clauses (w), (x), (y) and (z) of Section 3.3(a) above on such Distribution Date, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account and
deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account on such 
  

 -41- 

 Distribution Date an amount equal to the lesser of the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount and
such insufficiency. The Trustee shall withdraw such amount from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account and deposit such amount in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (c) Lease Payment Deficit Notice. On or before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Distribution Date, the Administrator
shall notify the Trustee of the amount of any Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit, such notification to be in the form of Exhibit F to this Supplement (each a “Lease Payment Deficit Notice”). 
 (d) Draws on Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit For Series 2004-1 Lease Interest Payment Deficits. If the Administrator determines on
any Distribution Date that there exists a Series 2004-1 Lease Interest Payment Deficit, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee in writing to draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit, if any, and, the Trustee shall, by 12:00 noon
(New York City time) on such Distribution Date draw an amount (identified by the Administrator) equal to the least of (i) such Series 2004-1 Lease Interest Payment Deficit, (ii) the excess, if any, of the sum of the amounts described
in clauses (w), (x), (y) and (z) of Section 3.3(a) above on such Distribution Date over the amounts available from the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account, on such Distribution Date plus the amount withdrawn from the Series
2004-1 Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.3(b) and (iii) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Liquidity Amount on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit, by presenting to each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider a draft accompanied by a
Certificate of Lease Deficit Demand and shall cause the Lease Deficit Disbursements to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account on such Distribution Date for distribution in accordance with Section 3.4; provided,
however, that if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and funded, the Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account an amount equal to the
lesser of (x) the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Percentage on such Distribution Date of the least of the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above and (y) the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount on
such Distribution Date and draw an amount equal to the remainder of such amount on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. 
 (e)
Balance. On or prior to the second Business Day preceding each Distribution Date, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing pursuant to the Administration Agreement to pay the balance (after making the
payments required in Section 3.3(a)), if any, of the amounts available from the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account as follows: 
 (i) on each Distribution Date during the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period or the Series 2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period, (1) first, to each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, an amount equal to
the Fixed Rate Payment for such Distribution Date due and owing to such Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, (2) second, to the Administrator, an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Percentage as of the beginning of such Series 2004-1
Interest Period of the portion of the Monthly Administration Fee payable by CRCF (as specified in clause (iii) of the definition thereof) for such Series 2004-1 
  

 -42- 

 Interest Period, (3) third, to the Trustee, an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Percentage as of
the beginning of such Series 2004-1 Interest Period of the Trustee’s fees for such Series 2004-1 Interest Period, (4) fourth, to the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account to pay any Article VII Costs, (5) fifth, to pay any Carrying
Charges (other than Carrying Charges provided for above) to the Persons to whom such amounts are owed, an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Percentage as of the beginning of such Series 2004-1 Interest Period of such Carrying Charges (other than
Carrying Charges provided for above) for such Series 2004-1 Interest Period, (6) sixth, to each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, any amounts due and owing under the applicable Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge (other than any
Fixed Rate Payment) and (7) seventh, the balance, if any (“Excess Collections”), shall be withdrawn by the Paying Agent from the Series 2004-1 Collection Account and deposited in the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account; and

 (ii) on each Distribution Date during the Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period, (1) first, to each Series 2004-1
Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, an amount equal to the Fixed Rate Payment for such Distribution Date due and owing to such Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, (2) second, to the Trustee, an amount equal to the Series 2004-1
Percentage as of the beginning of such Series 2004-1 Interest Period of the Trustee’s fees for such Series 2004-1 Interest Period, (3) third, to the Administrator, an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Percentage as of the beginning of such
Series 2004-1 Interest Period of the portion of the Monthly Administration Fee (as specified in clause (iii) of the definition thereof) payable by CRCF for such Series 2004-1 Interest Period, (4) fourth, to the Series 2004-1 Distribution
Account to pay any Article VII Costs, (5) fifth, to pay any Carrying Charges (other than Carrying Charges provided for above) to the Persons to whom such amounts are owed, an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Percentage as of the beginning of
such Series 2004-1 Interest Period of such Carrying Charges (other than Carrying Charges provided for above) for such Series 2004-1 Interest Period, (6) sixth, so long as the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount is greater than the Monthly Total
Principal Allocations for the Related Month, an amount equal to the excess of the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount over the Monthly Total Principal Allocations for the Related Month shall be treated as Principal Collections and (7) seventh, to
each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, any amounts due and owing under the applicable Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge (other than any Fixed Rate Payment). 
 (f) Shortfalls. If the amounts described in Section 3.3 are insufficient to pay the Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest and the
Commitment Fees of the Class A-1 Purchasers on any Distribution Date, payments of interest to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and payments of Commitment Fees to the Class A-1 Purchasers will be reduced on a pro rata basis by the amount of
such deficiency. The aggregate amount, if any, of such deficiency on any Distribution Date shall be referred to as the “Series 2004-1 Shortfall.” Interest shall accrue on the Series 2004-1 Shortfall at the Alternate Base Rate plus
2% per annum. 
  

 -43- 

 Section 3.4. Payment of Note Interest and Commitment Fees. On each Distribution Date, subject
to Section 9.8 of the Base Indenture, the Paying Agent shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Purchasers from the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account the amounts
deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account pursuant to Section 3.3. Upon the receipt of funds from the Paying Agent on each Distribution Date on account of Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest, the Administrative Agent shall pay to each
Purchaser its Class A-1 Pro Rata Share or Class A-2 Pro Rata Share, as the case may be, of the Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest with respect to the Series 2004-1 Interest Period ending on the day preceding such Distribution Date plus the
amount of any unpaid Series 2004-1 Shortfalls relating to unpaid Series 2004-1 Monthly Interest payable as of the preceding Distribution Date, together with any interest thereon at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2% per annum. Upon the receipt of
funds from the Paying Agent on each Distribution Date on account of Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent shall pay to each Class A-1 Purchaser an amount equal to the Commitment Fee payable to such Class A-1 Purchaser with respect to
the Series 2004-1 Interest Period ending on the day preceding such Distribution Date plus the amount of any unpaid Series 2004-1 Shortfalls relating to unpaid Commitment Fees payable to such Class A-1 Purchaser as of the preceding Distribution
Date, together with any interest thereon at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2% per annum. If the amount paid to the Administrative Agent on any Distribution Date pursuant to this Section 3.4 on account of Commitment Fees is less than the
Commitment Fees payable on such Distribution Date, the Administrative Agent shall pay the amount available to the Class A-1 Purchasers, on a pro rata basis, based on the Commitment Fee payable to each Class A-1 Purchaser on such
Distribution Date. Upon the receipt of funds from the Trustee or the Paying Agent on any Distribution Date on account of Article VII Costs, the Administrative Agent shall pay such amounts to the Purchaser owed such amounts. If the amounts paid to
the Administrative Agent on any Distribution Date pursuant to Section 3.3(e) on account of Article VII Costs are less than the Article VII Costs due and payable on such Distribution Date, the Administrative Agent shall pay the amounts available
to the Purchasers owed such amounts, on a pro rata basis, based on the Article VII Costs owing to such Purchasers. Due and unpaid Article VII Costs owing to a Purchaser shall accrue interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus 2%; provided
that Article VII Costs shall not be considered due until the first Distribution Date following five days notice to CRCF and the Administrator of such Article VII Costs. 
 Section 3.5. Payment of Note Principal. (a) Monthly Payments During Controlled Amortization Period or Rapid Amortization Period. Commencing on the second Determination Date during the Series
2004-1 Controlled Amortization Period, or the first Determination Date after the commencement of the Series 2004-1 Rapid Amortization Period, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing pursuant to the Administration
Agreement and in accordance with this Section 3.5 as to (i) the amount allocated to the Series 2004-1 Notes during the Related Month pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(ii), (c)(ii) or (d)(ii), as the case may be, (ii) any amounts to be
drawn on the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes and/or on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit (or withdrawn from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account) and (iii) any amounts to be withdrawn from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account and deposited into
the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (b) Decreases. On any Business Day during the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period on which a
Class A-1 Decrease is to be made pursuant to Section 2.4(a), the Trustee shall 
  

 -44- 

 withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account in accordance with the written instructions of the
Administrator an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the funds then allocated to the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account and (ii) the amount of such Class A-1 Decrease, and deposit such amount in the Series 2004-1 Distribution
Account, to be paid to the Administrative Agent for distribution in accordance with Section 3.5(g). On any Business Day during the Series 2004-1 Revolving Period on which a Class A-2 Decrease is to be made pursuant to Section 2.4(b),
the Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account in accordance with the written instructions of the Administrator an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the funds then allocated to the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection
Account and (ii) the amount of such Class A-2 Decrease, and deposit such amount in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account, to be paid to the Administrative Agent for distribution in accordance with Section 3.5(g) 
 (c) Principal Deficit Amount. On each Distribution Date on which the Principal Deficit Amount is greater than zero, amounts shall be transferred
to the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account as follows: 
 (i) Reserve Account Withdrawal. The Administrator shall
instruct the Trustee in writing, prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on such Distribution Date, in the case of a Principal Deficit Amount resulting from a Series 2004-1 Lease Payment Deficit, or prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on
the second Business Day prior to such Distribution Date, in the case of any other Principal Deficit Amount, to withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account
Amount and (y) such Principal Deficit Amount and deposit it in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account on such Distribution Date. 
 (ii) Principal Draws on Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. If the Administrator determines on any Distribution Date during the Series 2004-1 Amortization Period that there exists a Series 2004-1 Lease Principal
Payment Deficit, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee in writing to draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit, if any, as provided below. Upon receipt of a notice by the Trustee from the Administrator in respect of a Series 2004-1 Lease
Principal Payment Deficit on or prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Distribution Date, the Trustee shall, by 12:00 noon (New York City time) on such Distribution Date draw an amount equal to the least of (i) such Series
2004-1 Lease Principal Payment Deficit, (ii) the amount by which the Principal Deficit Amount on such Distribution Date exceeds the amount to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account in accordance with clause (i) of this
Section 3.5(c) and (iii) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Liquidity Amount (such amount to be determined after giving effect to any draw made on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 3.3(d)) on the Series 2004-1 Letters of
Credit, by presenting to each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Lease Deficit Demand and shall cause the Lease Deficit Disbursements to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account on such
Distribution Date; provided, however, that if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and funded, the Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and deposit in the Series 2004-1
Distribution Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Percentage on such Distribution Date of the least of the amounts described in 
  

 -45- 

 clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above and (y) the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral
Account Amount on such Distribution Date and draw an amount equal to the remainder of such amount on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. 
 (iii) Demand Note Draw. If on any Determination Date, the Administrator determines that the Principal Deficit Amount on the next succeeding Distribution Date (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the
Series 2004-1 Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.5(c)(i) and any draws on the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.5 (c)(ii) on such Distribution Date) will be greater than zero and there are any Series 2004-1 Letters of
Credit on such date, prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day prior to such Distribution Date, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee in writing to deliver a Demand Notice to the Demand Note Issuers demanding
payment of an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Principal Deficit Amount and (B) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount. The Trustee shall, prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding such
Distribution Date, deliver such Demand Notice to the Demand Note Issuers; provided, however, that if an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, without the lapse of a
period of 60 consecutive days) with respect to a Demand Note Issuer shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall not be required to deliver such Demand Notice to such Demand Note Issuer. The Trustee shall cause the proceeds of any demand
on the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes to be deposited into the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (iv) Letter of Credit
Draw. In the event that either (x) on or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to such Distribution Date, any Demand Note Issuer shall have failed to pay to the Trustee or deposit in the Series 2004-1
Distribution Account the amount specified in such Demand Notice in whole or in part or (y) due to the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, without the lapse
of a period of 60 consecutive days) with respect to any Demand Note Issuer, the Trustee shall not have delivered such Demand Notice to any Demand Note Issuer on the second Business Day preceding such Distribution Date, then, in the case of
(x) or (y), the Trustee shall on such Business Day draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit an amount equal to the lesser of (i) Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount and (ii) the aggregate amount that the Demand Note Issuers
failed to pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that the Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) by presenting to each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Unpaid Demand Note
Demand; provided, however, that if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and funded, the Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution
Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Percentage on such Business Day of the aggregate amount that the Demand Note Issuers failed to pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that the
Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) and (y) the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount on such Business Day and draw an amount equal to the remainder of the aggregate amount that the Demand Note Issuers failed to
pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that the Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) on the Series 2004- 
  

 -46- 

 1 Letters of Credit. The Trustee shall deposit into, or cause the deposit of, the proceeds of any draw on
the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit and the proceeds of any withdrawal from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (d) Series 2004-1 Termination Date. The entire Series 2004-1 Invested Amount shall be due and payable on the Series 2004-1 Termination Date. In
connection therewith: 
 (i) Reserve Account Withdrawal. If, after giving effect to the deposit into the Series 2004-1
Distribution Account of the amount to be deposited in accordance with Section 3.5(a), together with any amounts to be deposited therein in accordance with Section 3.5(c) on the Series 2004-1 Termination Date, the amount to be deposited in
the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account with respect to the Series 2004-1 Termination Date is or will be less than the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount, then, prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the second Business Day prior to the Series
2004-1 Termination Date, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account, an amount equal to the lesser of the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount and such insufficiency and
deposit it in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account on the Series 2004-1 Termination Date. 
 (ii) Demand Note Draw.
If the amount to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account in accordance with Section 3.5(a) together with any amounts to be deposited therein in accordance with Section 3.5(c) and Section 3.5(d)(i) on the Series 2004-1
Termination Date is less than the Series 2004-1 Invested Amount, and there are any Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit on such date, then, prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day prior to the Series 2004-1 Termination
Date, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee in writing to make a demand (a “Demand Notice”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G on the Demand Note Issuers for payment under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes in
an amount equal to the lesser of (i) such insufficiency and (ii) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount. The Trustee shall, prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Series 2004-1 Termination
Date, deliver such Demand Notice to the Demand Note Issuers; provided, however, that if an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, without the lapse of a period of 60
consecutive days) with respect to a Demand Note Issuer shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall not be required to deliver such Demand Notice to such Demand Note Issuer. The Trustee shall cause the proceeds of any demand on the
Series 2004-1 Demand Notes to be deposited into the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (iii) Letter of Credit Draw.
In the event that either (x) on or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding any Distribution Date for which a Demand Notice has been transmitted by the Trustee to the Demand Note Issuers pursuant
to clause (ii) of this Section 3.5(d) any Demand Note Issuer shall have failed to pay to the Trustee or deposit into the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account the amount specified in such Demand Notice in whole or in part or (y) due to
the occurrence 
  

 -47- 

 of an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition
thereof, without the lapse of a period of 60 consecutive days) with respect to one or more of the Demand Note Issuers, the Trustee shall not have delivered such Demand Notice to any Demand Note Issuer on the second Business Day preceding the Series
2004-1 Termination Date, then, in the case of (x) or (y) the Trustee shall draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit by 12:00 noon (New York City time) on such Business Day an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount that
the Demand Note Issuers failed to pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that the Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) and (b) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount on such Business Day by presenting to each
Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Unpaid Demand Note Demand; provided, however, that if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and funded, the Trustee shall withdraw
from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Percentage on such Business Day of the amount that the Demand Note
Issuers failed to pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that the Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) and (y) the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount on such Business Day and draw an amount
equal to the remainder of the amount that the Demand Note Issuers failed to pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that the Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. The Trustee shall
deposit, or cause the deposit of, the proceeds of any draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit and the proceeds of any withdrawal from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account.

 (e) Special Enhancement Draw Date. In addition to the other rights to draw upon the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account, the Series
2004-1 Demand Note and the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, the Trustee and the Administrative Agent shall have the following rights on any Special Enhancement Draw Date: 
 (i) Reserve Account Withdrawal. On the second Business Day prior to a Special Enhancement Draw Date, the Administrative Agent may
at its option instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account any amount not to exceed the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount and deposit it in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account on the Special
Enhancement Draw Date. 
 (ii) Demand Note Draw. On or prior to 10:00 a.m. on the second Business Day prior to any
Special Enhancement Draw Date, the Administrative Agent may at its option instruct the Trustee in writing to make a Demand Notice on the Demand Note Issuers for payment under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes in any amount not to exceed the Series
2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount. If the Trustee receives such instruction prior to 10:00 a.m. on such date, then the Trustee shall, prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Special Enhancement Draw Date,
deliver such Demand Notice to the Demand Note Issuers; provided, however, that if an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, without the lapse of a period of 60
consecutive days) with respect to a Demand Note Issuer shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall not be 
  

 -48- 

 required to deliver such Demand Notice to such Demand Note Issuer. The Trustee shall cause the proceeds
of any demand on the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes to be deposited into the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (iii)
Letter of Credit Draw. In the event that either (x) on or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding any Distribution Date for which a Demand Notice has been transmitted by the Trustee to the
Demand Note Issuers pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.5(e) any Demand Note Issuer shall have failed to pay to the Trustee or deposit into the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account the amount specified in such Demand Notice in whole or
in part or (y) due to the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy (or the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, without the lapse of a period of 60 consecutive days) with respect to one or more of the
Demand Note Issuers, the Trustee shall not have delivered such Demand Notice to any Demand Note Issuer on the second Business Day preceding the Special Enhancement Draw Date, then, in the case of (x) or (y) the Trustee shall draw on the
Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit by 12:00 noon (New York City time) on such Business Day an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount that the Demand Note Issuers failed to pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that
the Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) and (b) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Amount on such Business Day by presenting to each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Unpaid Demand Note
Demand; provided, however, that if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and funded, the Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution
Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Percentage on such Business Day of the amount that the Demand Note Issuers failed to pay under the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes (or, the amount that the Trustee failed
to demand for payment thereunder) and (y) the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount on such Business Day and draw an amount equal to the remainder of the amount that the Demand Note Issuers failed to pay under the Series 2004-1
Demand Notes (or, the amount that the Trustee failed to demand for payment thereunder) on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. The Trustee shall deposit, or cause the deposit of, the proceeds of any draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit and
the proceeds of any withdrawal from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. 
 (f) Distribution by Paying Agent. On each Distribution Date occurring on or after the date a withdrawal is made from the Series 2004-1 Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.5(a) or amounts are deposited in the Series 2004-1
Distribution Account pursuant to Section 3.5(b), (c), (d) and/or (e) the Paying Agent shall, in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Base Indenture, pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Purchasers from the Series
2004-1 Distribution Account the amount deposited therein pursuant to Section 3.5(a), (b), (c), (d) and/or (e). 
 (g)
Distribution by Administrative Agent. Upon the receipt of funds on account of a Class A-1 Decrease from the Trustee, the Administrative Agent shall pay to each Class A-1 Purchaser, such Class A-1 Purchaser’s Class A-1
Pro Rata Share of the amount of such Class A-1 Decrease, and upon the receipt of funds on account of a Class A-2 Decrease from 
  

 -49- 

 the Trustee, the Administrative Agent shall pay to each Class A-2 Purchaser, such Class A-2 Purchaser’s
Class A-2 Pro Rata Share of the amount of such Class A-2 Decrease. Upon the receipt of funds from the Trustee pursuant to Sections 3.5(a), (c), (d) and/or (e) on any Distribution Date, the Administrative Agent shall pay to each
Purchaser, such Purchaser’s Pro Rata Share of such funds. 
 Section 3.6. Administrator’s Failure to Instruct the Trustee
to Make a Deposit or Payment. If the Administrator fails to give notice or instructions to make (i) any payment from or deposit into the Collection Account (including the administrative subaccounts therein established for the benefit of the
Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty), the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account or the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account or (ii) drawn upon the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit, required to be given by
the Administrator, at the time specified in the Administration Agreement or any other Related Document (including applicable grace periods), the Trustee shall make such payment or deposit into or from the Collection Account (including the
administrative subaccounts therein established for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty), the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account or the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account, as applicable,
without such notice or instruction from the Administrator, provided that the Administrator, upon request of the Trustee or, with respect to the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account, or the Series Cash Collateral Account or Series 2004-1 Letters of
Credit, the Administrative Agent upon request of the Trustee, promptly provides the Trustee with all information necessary to allow the Trustee to make such payment, deposit or draw, as the case may be. When any payment or deposit hereunder or under
any other Related Document is required to be made by the Trustee or the Paying Agent at or prior to a specified time, the Administrator shall deliver any applicable written instructions with respect thereto reasonably in advance of such specified
time. 
 Section 3.7. Series 2004-1 Reserve Account. (a) Establishment of Series 2004-1 Reserve Account. CRCF shall
establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, or cause to be established and maintained, an account (the “Series 2004-1 Reserve
Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty. The Series 2004-1 Reserve Account shall
be maintained (i) with a Qualified Institution, or (ii) as a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution or trust company having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited
in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account; provided that, if at any time such Qualified Institution is no longer a Qualified Institution or the credit rating of any securities issued by such depository institution or trust company shall be reduced
to below “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s or “Baa3” by Moody’s, then CRCF shall, within 30 days of such reduction, establish a new Series 2004-1 Reserve Account with a new Qualified Institution. If the Series 2004-1
Reserve Account is not maintained in accordance with the previous sentence, CRCF shall establish a new Series 2004-1 Reserve Account, within ten (10) Business Days after obtaining knowledge of such fact, which complies with such sentence, and
shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from the non-qualifying Series 2004-1 Reserve Account into the new Series 2004-1 Reserve Account. Initially, the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account will be established with The
Bank of New York. 
  

 -50- 

 (b) Administration of the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account. The Administrator may instruct the
institution maintaining the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account to invest funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account from time to time in Permitted Investments; provided, however, that any such investment shall mature not later
than the Business Day prior to the Distribution Date following the date on which such funds were received, unless any Permitted Investment held in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account is held with the Paying Agent, then such investment may mature on
such Distribution Date and such funds shall be available for withdrawal on or prior to such Distribution Date. All such Permitted Investments will be credited to the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account and any such Permitted Investments that constitute
(i) physical property (and that is not either a United States security entitlement or a security entitlement) shall be physically delivered to the Trustee; (ii) United States security entitlements or security entitlements shall be
controlled (as defined in Section 8-106 of the New York UCC) by the Trustee pending maturity or disposition, and (iii) uncertificated securities (and not United States security entitlements) shall be delivered to the Trustee by
causing the Trustee to become the registered holder of such securities. The Trustee shall, at the expense of CRCF, take such action as is required to maintain the Trustee’s security interest in the Permitted Investments credited to the Series
2004-1 Reserve Account. CRCF shall not direct the Trustee to dispose of (or permit the disposal of) any Permitted Investments prior to the maturity thereof to the extent such disposal would result in a loss of purchase price of such Permitted
Investments. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account shall remain uninvested. 
 (c) Earnings from Series 2004-1 Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account shall be deemed to be on deposit
therein and available for distribution. 
 (d) Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2004-1
Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of the CRCF Obligations with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes, CRCF hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee,
for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, all of CRCF’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series
2004-1 Reserve Account, including any security entitlement thereto; (ii) all funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2004-1 Reserve
Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account, whether constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles,
investment property, financial assets or other property; (v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2004-1
Reserve Account, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds; and (vi) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses
(i) through (vi) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Collateral”). The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in and to all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series
2004-1 Reserve Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall be the only person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account. The Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Collateral shall be under the sole
dominion and 
  

 -51- 

 control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge
Counterparty. The Series 2004-1 Agent hereby agrees (i) to act as the securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the New York UCC) with respect to the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account; (ii) that its jurisdiction
as securities intermediary is New York, (iii) that each item of property (whether investment property, financial asset, security, instrument or cash) credited to the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account shall be treated as a financial asset (as
defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the New York UCC) and (iv) to comply with any entitlement order (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) issued by the Trustee without further consent by CRCF or any other
entitlement holder. 
 (e) Preference Amount Withdrawals from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account or the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral
Account. If a Purchaser notifies the Trustee in writing of the existence of a Preference Amount, then, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the next succeeding sentence, on the Business Day on which those conditions are
first satisfied, the Trustee shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and pay to the Purchaser an amount equal to such Preference Amount. Prior to any withdrawal from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this
Section 3.7(e), the Trustee shall have received (i) a certified copy of the order requiring the return of such Preference Amount; (ii) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee that such order is final and not subject to
appeal; and (iii) a release as to any claim against CRCF by the Purchaser for any amount paid in respect of such Preference Amount. On the Business Day after Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date, the Trustee shall transfer the amount
on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account to the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. 
 (f) Series 2004-1 Reserve Account
Surplus. In the event that the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Surplus on any Distribution Date on which no Amortization Event is continuing, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account, is greater than zero, the
Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement, shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account Surplus and shall
pay such amount to CRCF; provided that if the Distribution Date is the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date and the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount is greater than zero, the Trustee shall transfer the Series 2004-1
Available Reserve Account Amount to the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. 
 (g) Termination of Series 2004-1 Reserve Account.
Upon the termination of this Supplement pursuant to Section 10.15, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Administrator, after the prior payment of all amounts owing to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and payable
from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account as provided herein, shall withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account all amounts on deposit therein for payment to CRCF. 
 Section 3.8. Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit and Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. (a) Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit and Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Constitute Additional
Collateral for Series 2004-1 Notes. In order to secure and provide for the repayment and payment of CRCF’s obligations with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes, CRCF hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants,
transfers and sets over to the 
  

 -52- 

 Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, all of
CRCF’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit; (ii) the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account, including any security entitlement
thereto; (iii) all funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account from time to time; (iv) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing any or all of the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account or the
funds on deposit therein from time to time; (v) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account, whether constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles, investment
property, financial assets or other property; (vi) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral
Account, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds; and (vii) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (ii) through
(vii) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Collateral”). The Trustee shall, for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty,
possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and in all proceeds thereof, and shall be the only person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the
Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. The Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty.
The Series 2004-1 Agent hereby agrees (i) to act as the securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the New York UCC) with respect to the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account; (ii) that its jurisdiction as
securities intermediary is New York; (iii) that each item of property (whether investment property, financial asset, security, instrument or cash) credited to the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account shall be treated as a financial asset (as
defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the New York UCC) and (iv) to comply with any entitlement order (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) issued by the Trustee without further consent by CRCF or any other
entitlement holder. 
 (b) Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Expiration Date. If prior to the date which is ten (10) days prior to
the then scheduled Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Expiration Date with respect to any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, excluding the amount available to be drawn under such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit but taking into account each substitute Series
2004-1 Letter of Credit which has been obtained from a Series 2004-1 Eligible Letter of Credit Provider and is in full force and effect on such date, the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount would be equal to or more than the Series 2004-1 Required
Enhancement Amount, then the Administrator shall notify the Trustee in writing no later than two Business Days prior to such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Expiration Date of such determination. If prior to the date which is ten (10) days prior
to the then scheduled Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Expiration Date with respect to any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit, excluding the amount available to be drawn under such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit but taking into account a substitute Series
2004-1 Letter of Credit which has been obtained from a Series 2004-1 Eligible Letter of Credit Provider and is in full force and effect on such date, the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount would be less than the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement
Amount, then the Administrator or the Administrative Agent shall notify the Trustee in writing no later than two Business Days prior to such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Expiration Date of (x) the excess, if any, of the Series 2004-1 Required
Enhancement 
  

 -53- 

 Amount over the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount, excluding the available amount under such expiring Series 2004-1 Letter
of Credit but taking into account any substitute Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit which has been obtained from a Series 2004-1 Eligible Letter of Credit Provider and is in full force and effect on such date, and (y) the amount available to be
drawn on such expiring Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit on such date. Upon receipt of such notice by the Trustee on or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, the Trustee shall, by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on
such Business Day (or, in the case of any notice given to the Trustee after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the next following Business Day), draw the lesser of the amounts set forth in clauses
(x) and (y) above on such expiring Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit by presenting a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Termination Demand and shall cause the Termination Disbursement to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral
Account. 
 If the Trustee does not receive the notice from the Administrator described in the first paragraph of this Section 3.8(b) on
or prior to the date that is two Business Days prior to each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Expiration Date, the Trustee shall, by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day draw the full amount of such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit
by presenting a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Termination Demand and shall cause the Termination Disbursement to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. 
 (c) Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Providers. The Administrator or the Administrative Agent shall notify the Trustee in writing within one
Business Day (provided that the Administrative Agent will not have any liability for the failure to provide such notice) of becoming aware that (i) the long-term senior unsecured debt credit rating of any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit
Provider has fallen below “A+” as determined by Standard & Poor’s or “A1” as determined by Moody’s or (ii) the short-term senior unsecured debt credit rating of any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider
has fallen below “A-1” as determined by Standard & Poor’s or “P-1” as determined by Moody’s. At such time the Administrator or the Administrative Agent shall also notify the Trustee of (i) the excess, if
any, of the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount over the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount, excluding the available amount under the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit issued by such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider, on such date and
(ii) the amount available to be drawn on such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit on such date. Upon receipt of such notice by the Trustee on or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, the Trustee shall, by 12:00 p.m.
(New York City time) on such Business Day (or, in the case of any notice given to the Trustee after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the next following Business Day), draw on such Series 2004-1
Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the lesser of the amounts in clause (i) and clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence on such Business Day by presenting a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Termination Demand and shall
cause the Termination Disbursement to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. 
 (d) Draws on the Series 2004-1 Letters
of Credit. If there is more than one Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit on the date of any draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit pursuant to the terms of this Supplement, the Administrator or the Administrative Agent shall instruct the
Trustee, in writing, to draw on each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the LOC Pro Rata Share of the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider issuing such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit of the amount of such draw on the Series
2004-1 Letters of Credit. 
  

 -54- 

 (e) Establishment of Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. On or prior to the date of any drawing
under a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.8(b) or (c) above, CRCF shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge
Counterparty, or cause to be established and maintained, an account (the “Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series
2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty. The Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account shall be maintained (i) with a Qualified Institution, or (ii) as a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution or trust company having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account; provided that, if at any time such Qualified Institution is no
longer a Qualified Institution or the credit rating of any securities issued by such depository institution or trust company shall be reduced to below “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s or “Baa3” by Moody’s, then CRCF
shall, within 30 days of such reduction, establish a new Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account with a new Qualified Institution or a new segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution or trust company having
corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. If a new Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account is established, CRCF shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and
investments from the non-qualifying Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account into the new Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. 
 (f)
Administration of the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. CRCF may instruct (by standing instructions or otherwise) the institution maintaining the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account to invest funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Cash
Collateral Account from time to time in Permitted Investments; provided, however, that any such investment shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the Distribution Date following the date on which such funds were
received, unless any Permitted Investment held in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account is held with the Paying Agent, in which case such investment may mature on such Distribution Date so long as such funds shall be available for withdrawal on
or prior to such Distribution Date. All such Permitted Investments will be credited to the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account and any such Permitted Investments that constitute (i) physical property (and that is not either a United States
security entitlement or a security entitlement) shall be physically delivered to the Trustee; (ii) United States security entitlements or security entitlements shall be controlled (as defined in Section 8-106 of the New York UCC) by
the Trustee pending maturity or disposition, and (iii) uncertificated securities (and not United States security entitlements) shall be delivered to the Trustee by causing the Trustee to become the registered holder of such securities. The
Trustee shall, at the expense of CRCF, take such action as is required to maintain the Trustee’s security interest in the Permitted Investments credited to the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. CRCF shall not direct the Trustee to dispose
of (or permit the disposal of) any Permitted Investments prior to the maturity thereof to the extent such disposal would result in a loss of purchase price of such Permitted Investments. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder,
funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account shall remain uninvested. 
 (g) Earnings from Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral
Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account shall be deemed to be on deposit therein and available for distribution. 
  

 -55- 

 (h) Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Surplus. In the event that the Series 2004-1 Cash
Collateral Account Surplus on any Distribution Date (or, after the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date, on any date) is greater than zero, the Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Administrator, shall
withdraw from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account an amount equal to the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account Surplus and shall pay such amount: first, to the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Providers to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings
under the related Series 2004-1 Reimbursement Agreement, for application in accordance with the provisions of the related Series 2004-1 Reimbursement Agreement, and, second, to CRCF any remaining amount. 
 (i) Termination of Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. Upon the termination of this Supplement in accordance with its terms, the Trustee,
acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Administrator, after the prior payment of all amounts owing to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and payable from the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account as provided herein, shall withdraw from
the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account all amounts on deposit therein (to the extent not withdrawn pursuant to Section 3.8(h) above) and shall pay such amounts: first, to the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Providers to the extent of any
unreimbursed drawings under the related Series 2004-1 Reimbursement Agreement, for application in accordance with the provisions of the related Series 2004-1 Reimbursement Agreement, and, second, to CRCF any remaining amount. 
 (j) Termination Date Demands on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately
succeeding the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date, the Administrator shall determine the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount as of the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date. If the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount
is greater than zero, then the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee in writing to draw on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit. Upon receipt of any such notice by the Trustee on or prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day,
the Trustee shall, by 12:00 noon (New York City time) on such Business Day draw an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the Series 2004-1 Demand Note Payment Amount over the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount and
(ii) the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Liquidity Amount on the affected Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit by presenting to each Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider a draft accompanied by a Certificate of Termination Date Demand;
provided, however, that if the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account has been established and funded, the Trustee shall draw an amount equal to the product of (a) 100% minus the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Percentage and
(b) the lesser of the amounts referred to in clause (i) or (ii) on such Business Day on the Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit as calculated by the Administrator and provided in writing to the Trustee. The Trustee shall cause the
Termination Date Disbursement to be deposited in the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account. 
 Section 3.9. Series 2004-1
Distribution Account. (a) Establishment of Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. CRCF shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge
Counterparty, or cause to be established and maintained, an account (the “Series 2004-1 Distribution Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2004-1
Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty. The Series 2004-1 Distribution Account shall be maintained (i) with a 
  

 -56- 

 Qualified Institution, or (ii) as a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository
institution or trust company having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account; provided that, if at any time such Qualified Institution is no longer a Qualified Institution or
the credit rating of any securities issued by such depository institution or trust company shall be reduced to below “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s or “Baa3” by Moody’s, then CRCF shall, within 30 days of such
reduction, establish a new Series 2004-1 Distribution Account with a new Qualified Institution. If the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account is not maintained in accordance with the previous sentence, CRCF shall establish a new Series 2004-1
Distribution Account, within ten (10) Business Days after obtaining knowledge of such fact, which complies with such sentence, and shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer all cash and investments from the non-qualifying
Series 2004-1 Distribution Account into the new Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. Initially, the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account will be established with The Bank of New York. 
 (b) Administration of the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. The Administrator may instruct the institution maintaining the Series 2004-1
Distribution Account to invest funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account from time to time in Permitted Investments; provided, however, that any such investment shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the
Distribution Date following the date on which such funds were received, unless any Permitted Investment held in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account is held with the Paying Agent, then such investment may mature on such Distribution Date and such
funds shall be available for withdrawal on or prior to such Distribution Date. All such Permitted Investments will be credited to the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account and any such Permitted Investments that constitute (i) physical property
(and that is not either a United States security entitlement or a security entitlement) shall be physically delivered to the Trustee; (ii) United States security entitlements or security entitlements shall be controlled (as defined in
Section 8-106 of the New York UCC) by the Trustee pending maturity or disposition; and (iii) uncertificated securities (and not United States security entitlements) shall be delivered to the Trustee by causing the Trustee to become
the registered holder of such securities. The Trustee shall, at the expense of CRCF, take such action as is required to maintain the Trustee’s security interest in the Permitted Investments credited to the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account.
CRCF shall not direct the Trustee to dispose of (or permit the disposal of) any Permitted Investments prior to the maturity thereof to the extent such disposal would result in a loss of purchase price of such Permitted Investments. In the absence of
written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account shall remain uninvested. 
 (c)
Earnings from Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account shall be deemed to be on deposit and available for
distribution. 
 (d) Series 2004-1 Distribution Account Constitutes Additional Collateral for Series 2004-1 Notes. In order to secure
and provide for the repayment and payment of the CRCF Obligations with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes, CRCF hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series
2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, all of CRCF’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account,
including any security entitlement thereto; (ii) all 
  

 -57- 

 funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iii) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or
evidencing any or all of the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account or the funds on deposit therein from time to time; (iv) all investments made at any time and from time to time with monies in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account, whether
constituting securities, instruments, general intangibles, investment property, financial assets or other property; (v) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise
distributed in respect of or in exchange for the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account, the funds on deposit therein from time to time or the investments made with such funds; and (vi) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including,
without limitation, cash (the items in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) are referred to, collectively, as the “Series 2004-1 Distribution Account Collateral”). The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest
in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account and in and to all proceeds thereof, and shall be the only person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account. The
Series 2004-1 Distribution Account Collateral shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty. The Series 2004-1 Agent hereby agrees
(i) to act as the securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the New York UCC) with respect to the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account; (ii) that its jurisdiction as securities intermediary is New York,
(iii) that each item of property (whether investment property, financial asset, security, instrument or cash) credited to the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account shall be treated as a financial asset (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of
the New York UCC) and (iv) to comply with any entitlement order (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) issued by the Trustee without further consent by CRCF or any other entitlement holder. 
 Section 3.10. Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedges. (a) CRCF may from time to time enter into one or more interest rate swaps or interest
rate caps (each a “Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge”) with a Qualified Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty in order to hedge its floating rate interest rate exposure. Each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge shall limit the right of the
related Qualified Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty to receive payments from CRCF only to the extent of funds available for such purpose in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement. 
 (b) To secure payment of all CRCF Obligations with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes, CRCF grants a security interest in, and assigns, pledges, grants,
transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders, all of CRCF’s right, title and interest in the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedges and all proceeds thereof (the “Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge
Collateral”). CRCF shall require all Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Proceeds to be paid to, and the Trustee shall allocate all Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Proceeds to, the Series 2004-1 Accrued Interest Account of the
Series 2004-1 Collection Account. 
 (c) If at any time the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty to a Series 2004-1 Interest
Rate Hedge is no longer a Qualified Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, then CRCF shall take one of the following actions within 30 days from the date it ceases to be a Qualified Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty: (i) cause the Series 2004-1
Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty to post collateral in an amount and in a manner acceptable to the Administrative 
  

 -58- 

 Agent; (ii) cause the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty to provide at the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate
Hedge Counterparty’s cost a guarantee of its obligations under each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge to which it is a party from a person who would qualify as a Qualified Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty or (iii) with the consent of the
Administrative Agent, terminate the Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge with such Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty. 
 (d) If at
any time (i) a Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty fails to make a payment on a Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge or (ii) a Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty is no longer a Qualified Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty
and fails to take one of the actions within the timeframe set forth in Section 3.10(c) hereof, CRCF shall, at the Administrative Agent’s direction, terminate such Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge. 
 (e) CRCF shall, promptly following the execution of a Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge, deliver to the Trustee such Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge.

 Section 3.11. Series 2004-1 Demand Notes Constitute Additional Collateral for Series 2004-1 Notes. In order to secure and
provide for the repayment and payment of the obligations with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes, CRCF hereby grants a security interest in and assigns, pledges, grants, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2004-1
Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, all of CRCF’s right, title and interest in and to the following (whether now or hereafter existing or acquired): (i) the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes; (ii) all
certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes; and (iii) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, including, without limitation, cash. On the date hereof, CRCF shall deliver to the Trustee,
for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, each Series 2004-1 Demand Note, endorsed in blank. The Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1
Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty, shall be the only Person authorized to make a demand for payments on the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes. 
 Section 3.12. Payments to Purchasers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Base Indenture, amounts distributable by CRCF, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Administrative Agent to Purchaser shall be paid
by wire transfer of immediately available funds no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) for credit to the account or accounts designated by the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not be so
obligated unless the Administrative Agent shall have received the funds by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time). 
 Section 3.13.
Appointment of Series 2004-1 Agent. Each of the Purchasers hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Series 2004-1 Agent as the agent of such Person with respect to the Series 2004-1 Collateral under this Supplement and irrevocably
authorizes the Series 2004-1 Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf with respect to the Series 2004-1 Collateral (other than the Collateral) under the provisions of this Supplement and to exercise such powers and perform such
duties as are expressly delegated to the Series 2004-1 Agent by the terms of this Supplement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. 
  

 -59- 

 ARTICLE IV 
 AMORTIZATION EVENTS 
 In addition to the Amortization Events set forth in Section 9.1 of the
Base Indenture, any of the following shall be an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes and collectively shall constitute the Amortization Events set forth in Section 9.1(n) of the Base Indenture with respect to the Series
2004-1 Notes (without notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the Series 2004-1 Notes): 
 (a) a
Series 2004-1 Enhancement Deficiency shall occur and continue for at least two (2) Business Days; provided, however, that such event or condition shall not be an Amortization Event if during such two (2) Business Day period
such Series 2004-1 Enhancement Deficiency shall have been cured in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Related Documents; 
 (b) an AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Deficiency shall occur and continue for at least two (2) Business Days; 
 (c) the Collection Account, the Series 2004-1 Collection Account, the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account, the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account or the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account shall be subject to an
injunction, estoppel or other stay or a Lien (other than Liens permitted under the Related Documents); 
 (d) all principal
of, and interest and Commitment fees on, the Series 2004-1 Notes is not paid on the Series 2004-1 Expected Final Distribution Date; 
 (e) the Series 2004-1 Carryover Controlled Amortization Account Amount is greater than zero on two consecutive Distribution Dates (after giving effect to all the distribution of the Monthly Total Principal Allocation on such Distribution
Dates); 
 (f) any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit shall not be in full force and effect for at least two (2) Business
Days and a Series 2004-1 Enhancement Deficiency would result from excluding such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit from the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount; 
 (g) from and after the funding of the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account, the Series 2004-1 Cash Collateral Account shall be subject to an injunction, estoppel or other stay or a Lien (other than Liens permitted
under the Related Documents) for at least two (2) Business Days and a Series 2004-1 Enhancement Deficiency would result from excluding the Series 2004-1 Available Cash Collateral Account Amount from the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount;

 (h) an Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred with respect to any Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider or any Series
2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider repudiates its Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit or refuses to honor a proper draw thereon and a Series 2004-1 Enhancement Deficiency would result from excluding such Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit from the Series
2004-1 Enhancement Amount; 
  

 -60- 

 (i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy (including, without limitation, the
appointment of a receiver or liquidator) with respect to ABCR, Holdings or any Permitted Sublessee; and 
 (j) a Change in Control shall have
occurred. 
 In the case of an event described in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (j), an Amortization Event with respect
to the Series 2004-1 Notes shall have occurred without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Series 2004-1 Noteholders, immediately upon the occurrence of such event. Amortization Events with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes
described in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) or (i) may be waived with the written consent of the Purchasers having Commitment Percentages aggregating 100%. Amortization Events with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes described in
(j) may be waived with the written consent of the Purchasers having Commitment Percentages aggregating 51%; provided however that, for such waiver to remain effective, CRCF shall, notwithstanding anything set forth in this Series
Supplement to the contrary (including any requirement to repay Purchaser Invested Amounts on a pro rata basis, any requirement to reduce the Commitment on a pro rata basis or any requirements set forth in Section 10.3 hereof),
repay the Purchaser Group Invested Amount of, and terminate any Commitment with respect to, any Purchaser who voted against waiving an Amortization Event pursuant to clause (j) above within thirty (30) days from the date of such
Purchaser’s vote. Any Purchaser repaid in accordance with the preceding sentence shall, upon receipt in full of an amount equal to its Purchaser Invested Amount, no longer have any rights or obligations under this Series Supplement, and any
Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount of such Purchaser shall be zero for the purposes of any calculation hereunder. 
 ARTICLE
V 
 RIGHT TO WAIVE PURCHASE RESTRICTIONS 
 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or the Related Documents, upon the Trustee’s receipt of notice from any Lessee, any Borrower or CRCF (i) to the effect that a Manufacturer
Program is no longer an Eligible Manufacturer Program and that, as a result, either (a) the Series 2004-1 Maximum Non-Program Vehicle Amount is or will be exceeded or (b) an excess will exist under clause (y) of paragraph (ii) of
the definition of Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount or (ii) that the Lessees, the Borrowers and CRCF have determined to increase any Series 2004-1 Maximum Amount or the percentage set forth in clause (y) of any of paragraphs (ii),
(iii), (iv), (v), (vii) or (viii) of the definition of Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount, (such notice, a “Waiver Request”), each Series 2004-1 Noteholder may, at its option, waive the Series 2004-1 Maximum
Non-Program Vehicle Amount, any other Series 2004-1 Maximum Amount or any increase in the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount based upon clause (y) of any of paragraphs (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii) or (viii) of the definition
of the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount (collectively, a “Waivable Amount”) if (i) no Amortization Event exists, (ii) the Requisite Noteholders consent to such waiver and (iii) 60 days’ prior written
notice of such proposed waiver is provided to the Administrative Agent by the Trustee. 
  

 -61- 

 Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Waiver Request (a copy of which the Trustee shall promptly provide to
the Rating Agencies), all amounts which would otherwise be allocated to the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account (collectively, the “Designated Amounts”) from the date the Trustee receives a Waiver Request through the Consent Period
Expiration Date will be held by the Trustee in the Series 2004-1 Collection Account for ratable distribution as described below. 
 Within
ten (10) Business Days after the Trustee receives a Waiver Request, the Trustee shall furnish notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall be accompanied by a form of consent (each a “Consent”) in the form of
Exhibit C hereto by which the Series 2004-1 Noteholders may, on or before the Consent Period Expiration Date, consent to waiver of the applicable Waivable Amount. Upon receipt of notice of a Waiver Request, the Administrative Agent shall
forward a copy of such request together with the Consent to each Purchaser. If the Trustee receives the Consents from the Requisite Noteholders agreeing to waiver of the applicable Waivable Amount within forty-five (45) days after the Trustee
notifies the Administrative Agent of a Waiver Request (the day on which such forty-five (45) day period expires, the “Consent Period Expiration Date”), (i) the applicable Waivable Amount shall be deemed waived by the
consenting Series 2004-1 Noteholders, (ii) the Trustee will distribute the Designated Amounts as set forth below and (iii) the Trustee shall promptly (but in any event within two days) provide the Rating Agency with notice of such waiver.
Any Purchaser from whom the Trustee has not received a Consent on or before the Consent Period Expiration Date will be deemed not to have consented to such waiver. 
 If the Trustee receives Consents from the Requisite Noteholders on or before the Consent Period Expiration Date, then on the immediately following Distribution Date, upon receipt of written direction from the
Administrator the Trustee will pay the Designated Amounts to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the non-consenting Purchasers. Upon the receipt of funds from the Trustee pursuant to this Article V, the Administrative Agent shall pay the
Designated Amounts as follows: 
 (i) to each non-consenting Purchaser, such Purchaser’s pro rata share based on the
Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such Purchaser relative to the Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to all non-consenting Purchasers of the Designated Amounts up to the amount required to reduce to zero the Purchaser Invested Amounts
with respect to all non-consenting Purchasers; and 
 (ii) any remaining Designated Amounts to the Series 2004-1 Excess
Collection Account. 
 If the amount distributed pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding paragraph is not sufficient to reduce the
Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to each non-consenting Purchaser to zero on the date specified therein, then on each day following such Distribution Date, the Administrator will allocate to the Series 2004-1 Collection Account on a daily
basis all Designated Amounts collected on such day. On each following Distribution Date, the Trustee will withdraw such Designated Amounts from the Series 2004-1 Collection Account and deposit the same in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account for
distribution to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the non-consenting Purchasers. Upon the receipt of funds from the Trustee 
  

 -62- 

 pursuant to this Article V, the Administrative Agent shall pay the Designated Amounts as follows: 
 (a) to each non-consenting Purchaser, such Purchaser’s pro rata share based on the Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to such
Purchaser relative to the Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to all non-consenting Purchasers of the Designated Amounts in the Series 2004-1 Collection Account as of the applicable Determination Date up to the amount required to reduce to zero
the Purchaser Invested Amounts with respect to all non-consenting Purchasers; and 
 (b) any remaining Designated Amounts to
the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account. 
 If the Requisite Noteholders do not timely consent to such waiver, the Designated Amounts
will be re-allocated to the Series 2004-1 Excess Collection Account for allocation and distribution in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Related Documents. 
 In the event that the Series 2004-1 Amortization Period shall commence after receipt by the Trustee of a Waiver Request, all such Designated Amounts will
thereafter be considered Principal Collections allocated to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 Section 6.1. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Supplement. This Supplement shall become effective on the date (the “Effective Date”) on which the following conditions precedent have been satisfied:

 (a) Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy, executed and delivered in form and substance
satisfactory to it of (i) the Base Indenture, executed by a duly authorized officer of each of CRCF and the Trustee, (ii) each Lease, executed by a duly authorized officer of each of ABCR, as Lessee, Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary
and Administrator, and the Lessor party thereto, (iii) each Loan Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each of CRCF, the Lessor party thereto and the Permitted Nominees party thereto, (iv) each Vehicle Title and Lienholder
Nominee Agreement, executed by the duly authorized officer of each of the Permitted Nominee party thereto, ABCR, the Lessor party thereto and the Trustee and (v) the Administration Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each of
CRCF and the Administrator. 
 (b) Corporate Documents; Proceedings of CRCF and ABCR. The Administrative Agent shall
have received from CRCF, the Administrator, and ABCR true and complete copies of: 
 (i) to the extent applicable, the
certificate of incorporation or certificate of formation, including all amendments thereto, of such Person, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority 
  

 -63- 

 of the state of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, and a certificate of compliance, of
status or of good standing, as and to the extent applicable, of each such Person as of a recent date, from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of such jurisdiction; 
 (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, dated on or prior to the Effective Date and certifying
(A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the bylaws, limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement of such Person, as the case may be, as in effect on such date and at all times since a date prior to the date of
the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors or Managers of
such Person or committees thereof authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Supplement and the Related Documents executed in connection therewith to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, and that such
resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate of incorporation or certificate of formation of such Person has not been amended since the date of the last amendment
thereto shown on the certificate of good standing (or its equivalent) furnished pursuant to clause (i) above and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer or authorized signatory executing this Supplement and the
Related Documents or any other document delivered in connection herewith or therewith on behalf of such Person; and 
 (iii) a
certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above. 
 (c) Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties of each of CRCF, the Administrator, AESOP Leasing, AESOP
Leasing II, Original AESOP, each of the Permitted Nominees and ABCR contained in each of the Related Documents shall be true and correct as of such date. 
 (d) No Amortization Event, Potential Amortization Event or AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Deficiency. No Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event in respect of the Series 2004-1 Notes or any other
Series of Notes shall exist on the date hereof and no AESOP I Operating Lease Vehicle Deficiency shall exist on the date hereof. 
 (e) Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received a written search report listing all effective financing statements filed since execution of the Original Series 2004-1 Supplement, in each case that name CRCF, AESOP
Leasing, AESOP Leasing II, Original AESOP, each of the Permitted Nominees or ABCR as debtor or assignor and that are filed in the State of New York, the State of Delaware and in any other jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent determines
are necessary or appropriate, together with copies of such financing statements, and tax and judgment lien searches showing no such liens that are not permitted by the Base Indenture, this Supplement or the Related Documents. 
  

 -64- 

 (f) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received, addressed to
each Purchaser and the Trustee, opinions of counsel with respect to such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the addressees thereof and their counsel. 

(g) Fees and Expenses. Each Purchaser shall have received payment of all fees, out-of-pocket expenses and other amounts due and
payable to such Purchaser on or before the Effective Date. 
 (h) Establishment of Accounts. The Administrative Agent
shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Series 2004-1 Collection Account, the Series 2004-1 Reserve Account and the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account shall have been established in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Indenture. 
 (i) Opinion. The Administrative Agent shall have received, addressed to each Purchaser,
an opinion of counsel to the Trustee as to the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Trustee of this Supplement and the due execution, authentication and delivery by the Trustee of the Series 2004-1 Notes. 
 (j) Proceedings. All corporate and other proceedings and all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Related Documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel. 
 (k) Guaranty by Holdings. Holdings shall have executed and delivered a guaranty, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel of all amounts owed by Avis Budget Car Rental, LLC, as Lessee under the
Finance Lease. 
 ARTICLE VII 
 CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES 
 Section 7.1. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law (except with respect to
Taxes which shall be governed by Section 7.2) shall: 
 (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special
deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Purchaser (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate); or 
 (ii) impose on any Purchaser (or its holding company) or the London interbank market any other condition affecting the Indenture or the
Related Documents or the funding of Eurodollar Tranches by such Purchaser; 
  

 -65- 

 and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Purchaser of making, converting into,
continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Tranches (or maintaining its obligation to do so) or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Purchaser hereunder or in connection herewith (whether principal, interest or otherwise), then CRCF will
pay to such Purchaser such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Purchaser for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. 
 (b) If any Purchaser determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Purchaser’s capital or the capital of any corporation controlling such Purchaser
as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Purchaser or such corporation could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Purchaser’s or such corporation’s policies with
respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, CRCF shall pay to such Purchaser such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Purchaser for any such reduction suffered. 
 (c) A certificate of a Purchaser setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Purchaser as specified in subsections (a) and
(b) of this Section 7.1 shall be delivered to CRCF (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Any payments made by CRCF pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be made solely from funds
available in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account for the payment of Article VII Costs, shall be non-recourse other than with respect to such funds, and shall not constitute a claim against CRCF to the extent that insufficient funds exist to make
such payment. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Supplement and the Base Indenture and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder and thereunder. 
 (d) Failure or delay on the part of a Purchaser to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall not constitute a waiver of such
Purchaser’s right to demand such compensation; provided that CRCF shall not be required to compensate any Purchaser pursuant to this Section 7.1 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date
that such Purchaser notifies CRCF of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Purchaser’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise
to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. 
 Section 7.2. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of CRCF hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes;
provided that if CRCF shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) subject to Section 7.2(c) below, the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required
deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 7.2) the recipient receives an amount equal to the sum that it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) CRCF shall make such
deductions and (iii) CRCF shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. 
  

 -66- 

 (b) In addition, CRCF shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with
applicable law. 
 (c) CRCF shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser within the later of 10 days after written demand
therefor and the Distribution Date next following such demand for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of CRCF
hereunder or under the Indenture (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 7.2) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided that no Person shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section 7.2(c) or entitled
to receive additional amounts under the proviso of Section 7.2(a) to the extent that the reason for such indemnification results from the failure by such Person to comply with the provisions of Section 7.2(e) or (g). A certificate as to
the amount of such payment or liability delivered to CRCF by the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Any payments made by CRCF pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be made solely from funds available
in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account for the payment of Article VII Costs, shall be non-recourse other than with respect to such funds, and shall not constitute a claim against CRCF to the extent that insufficient funds exist to make such
payment. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Supplement and the Base Indenture and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder and thereunder. 
 (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by CRCF to a Governmental Authority, CRCF shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt, if any, issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return, if any, reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent and reasonably available to CRCF. 
 (e) The Administrative Agent and each Purchaser, if entitled to an exemption
from or reduction of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax with respect to payments made hereunder or under the Indenture shall (to the extent legally able to do so) deliver to CRCF (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) such properly completed and
executed documentation prescribed by applicable law and reasonably requested by CRCF on the later of (i) 30 Business Days after such request is made and the applicable forms are provided to the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser or
(ii) 30 Business Days before prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or with an exemption from or reduction of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes. 
 (f) If the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser receives a refund solely in respect of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, it shall pay over such refund
to CRCF to the extent that it has already received indemnity payments or additional amounts pursuant to this Section 7.2 with respect to such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to the refund, net of all out-of-pocket expenses and
without interest (other than interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, however, that CRCF shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser, repay such refund (plus
interest or other 
  

 -67- 

 charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser if the
Administrative Agent or such Purchaser is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Nothing contained herein shall require the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser to make its tax returns (or any other information relating to
its taxes which it deems confidential) available to CRCF or any other Person. 
 (g) The Administrative Agent and each Purchaser (other than
any such entity which is a domestic corporation) shall: 
 (i) upon or prior to becoming a party hereto, deliver to CRCF and
the Administrative Agent two (2) duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-9, or successor applicable forms, as the case may be, establishing a complete exemption from withholding of United States federal income taxes or backup
withholding taxes with respect to payments under the Series 2004-1 Notes and this Supplement; 
 (ii) deliver to CRCF and the
Administrative Agent two (2) further copies of any such form or certification establishing a complete exemption from withholding of United States federal income taxes or backup withholding taxes with respect to payments under the Series 2004-1
Notes and this Supplement on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to CRCF; and 
 (iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and completing such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by CRCF and the
Administrative Agent; 
 unless, in any such case, any change in treaty, law or regulation has occurred after the Effective Date (or, if later, the date the
Administrative Agent or such Purchaser becomes an indemnified party hereunder) and prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders the relevant form inapplicable or which would prevent the Administrative Agent
or such Purchaser from duly completing and delivering the relevant form with respect to it, and the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser so advises CRCF and the Administrative Agent. 
 (h) If a beneficial or equity owner of the Administrative Agent or Purchaser (instead of the Administrative Agent or a Purchaser itself) is required
under United States federal income tax law or the terms of a relevant treaty to provide IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-9, or any successor applicable forms, as the case may be, in order to claim an exemption from withholding of United States federal
income taxes or backup withholding taxes, then each such beneficial owner or equity owner shall be considered to be the Administrative Agent or such Purchaser for purposes of Section 7.2(g). 
 Section 7.3. Break Funding Payments. CRCF agrees to indemnify each Purchaser and to hold each Purchaser harmless from any loss or expense
which such Purchaser may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) the failure by CRCF to accept any Class A-1 Increase after CRCF has given irrevocable notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Supplement,
(b) default by CRCF in making any prepayment in connection with a Class A-1 Decrease and/or Class A-2 Decrease after CRCF has given irrevocable notice 
  

 -68- 

 thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5, (c) the making of any prepayment of a Eurodollar
Tranche, or the conversion of any Alternate Base Rate Tranche into a Eurodollar Tranche prior to the termination of the Eurodollar Period for such Eurodollar Tranche or (d) the failure of CRCF to convert any Eurodollar Tranche or Alternate Base
Rate Tranche after notice of such conversion has been given pursuant to Section 2.6(d) hereof. Such indemnification shall include an amount determined by such Purchaser equal to either (x) the excess, if any, of (i) such
Purchaser’s cost of funding the amount so prepaid or not so borrowed for the period from the date of such prepayment or, in the case of a Class A-1 Purchaser, of such failure to borrow to the last day of the Eurodollar Period (or in the
case of a failure to borrow the Eurodollar Period that would have commenced on the date of such prepayment or of such failure), as the case may be, over (ii) the amount of interest earned by such Purchaser upon redeployment of an amount of
funds equal to the amount prepaid or, in the case of a Class A-1 Purchaser, not borrowed for a comparable period or (y) if such Purchaser is able to terminate the funding source before its scheduled maturity, any costs associated with such
termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments made by CRCF pursuant to this subsection shall be made solely from funds available in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account for the payment of Article VII Costs, shall be non-recourse other
than with respect to such funds, and shall not constitute a claim against CRCF to the extent that such funds are insufficient to make such payment. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Supplement and the Base Indenture and the payment
of all amounts payable hereunder and thereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence submitted by any Purchaser to CRCF shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
 Section 7.4. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Eurodollar Period: 
 (a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means
do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Eurodollar Period, or 
 (b) the Administrative Agent is advised
by any Purchaser that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Eurodollar Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Purchaser of making or maintaining the Eurodollar Tranches during such Eurodollar Period, 
 then the Administrative Agent shall promptly give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to CRCF and the Trustee, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies CRCF
and the Trustee that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, the Purchaser Invested Amount with respect to any Purchaser shall not be allocated to any Eurodollar Tranche. 
 Section 7.5. Mitigation Obligations. If a Purchaser requests compensation under Section 7.1, or if CRCF is required to pay any
additional amount to any Purchaser or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.2, then, upon written notice from CRCF, such Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different
lending office for funding or booking its obligations hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, which pays a price for such assignment which is acceptable to such Purchaser and its
assignee, in the judgment of such 
  

 -69- 

 Purchaser, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 7.1
or 7.2, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Purchaser to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Purchaser. CRCF hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses
incurred by such Purchaser in connection with any such designation or assignment. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, COVENANTS 
 Section 8.1. Representations and Warranties of CRCF and the Administrator. (a) CRCF and the Administrator each hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser that: 
 (i) each and every of their respective representations and warranties contained in the Related Documents is true and correct as of the
Effective Date and true and correct in all material respects as of the Series 2004-1 Initial Funding Date and as of the date of each Class A-1 Increase; and 
 (ii) as of the Effective Date, they have not engaged, in connection with the offering of the Series 2004-1 Notes, in any form of general
solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act. 
 (b) CRCF hereby represents and warrants to
the Trustee, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser that each of the Series 2004-1 Notes has been duly authorized and executed by CRCF and when duly authenticated by the Trustee and delivered to the Purchasers in accordance with the terms of
this Supplement will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of CRCF enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar laws relating to or affecting
generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general equitable principles. 
 (c) CRCF hereby represents and warrants to the
Trustee, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser that the documentation for each Series of Notes contains a provision similar in all material respects to the provision contained in Section 3.2 (f)(ii). 
 (d) CRCF hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser that it is has delivered to each of the Trustee, the
Administrative Agent and each Purchaser a complete copy of the Base Indenture, including all amendments thereto as in effect on the date hereof. 
 (e) CRCF hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, the Administrative Agent and each Purchaser that none of CRCF, any of its members or any other person has agreed to elect to treat CRCF as an association taxable as a corporation for
United States federal tax, or New York State income or franchise tax purposes. 
 Section 8.2. Covenants of CRCF and the
Administrator. (a) CRCF and the Administrator hereby agree, in addition to their obligations hereunder, that: 
 (i)
they shall observe in all material respects each and every of their respective covenants (both affirmative and negative) contained in the Base Indenture and all other Related Documents to which each is a party; 
  

 -70- 

 (ii) they shall afford each Purchaser, the Trustee or any representatives of any such
Purchaser or the Trustee access to all records relating to the Leases, the Subleases, the Vehicles, the Manufacturer Programs and the Loan Agreements at any reasonable time during regular business hours, upon reasonable prior notice (and with one
Business Day’s prior notice if an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes shall have been deemed to have occurred or shall have been declared to have occurred), for purposes of inspection and shall permit such Purchaser, the
Trustee or any representative of such Purchaser or the Trustee to visit any of CRCF’s or the Administrator’s, as the case may be, offices or properties during regular business hours and as often as may reasonably be desired to discuss the
business, operations, properties, financial and other conditions of CRCF or the Administrator with their respective officers and employees and with their independent certified public accountants; 
 (iii) they shall promptly provide such additional financial and other information with respect to the Related Documents, CRCF, the
Lessors, the Permitted Nominees, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Related Documents or the Manufacturer Programs as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; 
 (iv) they shall provide to the Administrative Agent simultaneously with delivery to the Trustee copies of information furnished to the
Trustee or CRCF pursuant to the Related Documents as such information relates to all Series of Notes generally or specifically to the Series 2004-1 Notes or the Series 2004-1 Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall distribute to the Purchasers
copies of all information delivered to it pursuant to this Section 8.2(d); 
 (v) they shall not agree to any amendment
to the Base Indenture or any other Related Document, which amendment requires the consent of the Requisite Investors, without having received the prior written consent of the Requisite Noteholders; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt,
CRCF and the Administrator acknowledge that any amendment to the Base Indenture or any Related Document requiring the consent of 100% of the Noteholders shall require the consent of each Series 2004-1 Noteholder; 
 (vi) on or prior to the Distribution Date in each month, the Administrator agrees to deliver a report to the Administrative Agent setting
forth the Net Book Value of Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease and the Net Book Value of Vehicles leased under the Finance Lease by state of registration for the five states with the largest Net Book Value of Vehicles registered therein;

 (vii) they shall not agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other action of any kind under the Base Indenture or
any other Related Document, in each case that requires satisfaction of the Rating Agency Consent Condition, without having received the prior written consent of the Requisite Noteholders; and 
  

 -71- 

 (viii) if, following the Restatement Effective Date, the adoption or effectiveness of any
applicable law, rule or regulation regarding the tax treatment of the LKE Programs could materially and adversely affect the holders of the 2004-1 Notes, then the Administrator shall cause AESOP Leasing, ARAC, BRAC and ABCR to cease delivering
vehicles to the Intermediary under the LKE Programs. 
 (b) If any portion of the Series 2004-1 Enhancement Amount is in the form of Series
2004-1 Letters of Credit on the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Termination Date, then CRCF hereby agrees to maintain such Series 2004-1 Letters of Credit in full force and effect until the Business Day following the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit
Termination Date. 
 (c) The Administrator agrees that it shall not acquire, directly or indirectly, or otherwise merge with Budget Rent A
Car System, Inc. without the prior written consent of each Purchaser. 
 (d) CRCF agrees not to elect to be treated as an association taxable
as a corporation for United States federal tax, or New York State income or franchise tax purposes. 
 (e) The Administrator agrees that it
shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of (i) any Amortization Event of which it has knowledge, (ii) any refusal or failure of a Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Provider to reinstate all or any portion of a Series 2004-1 Letter of
Credit Amount, and (iii) the occurrence of any Early Controlled Amortization Date. 
 (f) CRCF agrees that on or before the Distribution
Date occurring in December 2006, it shall reduce the Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount to $175,000,000 in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.5. Simultaneously with such reduction, the Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser
Invested Amount for each Purchaser shall be reduced in proportion to its Class A-1 Pro Rata Share, so that after giving effect to such reduction, the aggregate Class A-1 Maximum Purchaser Invested Amount shall not exceed $175,000,000.

 ARTICLE IX 
 THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 
 Section 9.1. Appointment. Each of the Purchasers hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the
Administrative Agent as the agent of such Person under this Supplement and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Supplement and to exercise such powers and
perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Supplement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this
Supplement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations
or liabilities shall be read into this Supplement or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. 
  

 -72- 

 Section 9.2. Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties
under this Supplement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any
agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. 
 Section 9.3. Exculpatory Provisions. Neither the
Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with the Base
Indenture, this Supplement or any other Related Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross
negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Purchasers for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary, the
Administrator or any officer thereof contained in this Supplement or any other Related Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection
with, this Supplement or any other Related Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Supplement, any other Related Document, or for any failure of any of CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees,
the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary or the Administrator to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Purchaser to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or
performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Supplement, any other Related Document or to inspect the properties, books or records of CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary or the
Administrator. 
 Section 9.4. Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be
fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have
been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to CRCF or the Administrator), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative
Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the registered holder of any Series 2004-1 Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the
Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Supplement or any other Related Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Requisite
Noteholders, as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Purchasers against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The
Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Supplement and the other Related Documents in accordance with a request of the Requisite Noteholders (unless, in the case of any action
relating to the giving of consent hereunder, the giving of such consent requires the consent of all Series 2004-1 Noteholders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Purchasers.

  

 -73- 

 Section 9.5. Notice of Administrator Default or Amortization Event or Potential Amortization
Event. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event or any Administrator Default unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice
from a Purchaser, CRCF or the Administrator referring to the Indenture or this Supplement, describing such Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event, or Administrator Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of an Amortization
Event or Potential Amortization Event” or “notice of an Administrator Default,” as the case may be. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the
Purchasers, the Trustee, CRCF and the Administrator. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such event as shall be reasonably directed by the Requisite Noteholders, provided that unless and until the Administrative
Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such event as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the
Purchasers. 
 Section 9.6. Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers. Each of the Purchasers expressly
acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken,
including any review of the affairs of CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary or the Administrator shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any such Person. Each
of the Purchasers represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary and the Administrator and made its own decision
to enter into this Supplement. Each of the Purchasers also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at
the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Supplement and the other Related Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the
business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary and the Administrator. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly
required to be furnished to the Purchasers by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations,
property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary or the Administrator which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of
its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates. 
 Section 9.7. Indemnification. Each of the
Purchasers agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by CRCF and the Administrator and without limiting the obligation of CRCF and the Administrator to do so), ratably according to their
respective Pro Rata Shares in effect on the date on which 
  

 -74- 

 indemnification is sought under this Section 9.7 from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this
Supplement, any of the other Related Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under or in connection
with any of the foregoing; provided that no Purchaser shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a
final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of all amounts payable
hereunder. 
 Section 9.8. The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may
make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with CRCF, the Administrator or any of their Affiliates as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to any Series
2004-1 Note held by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Supplement and the other Related Documents as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative
Agent, and the term “Purchaser” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. 
 Section 9.9.
Resignation of Administrative Agent; Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent at any time by giving 30 days’ notice to the Purchasers, the Trustee, CRCF and the Administrator. If Mizuho
shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Supplement, then the Requisite Noteholders shall appoint a successor administrative agent from among the Purchasers, which successor administrative agent shall be approved by CRCF and the Administrator
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent
effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent
or any of the parties to this Supplement. If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 10 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring
Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Purchaser with the greatest Purchaser Invested Amount (or, if such Person is the retiring Administrative Agent, the Person with the next highest Purchaser
Invested Amount) shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Requisite Noteholders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s
resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Supplement. 
  

 -75- 

 ARTICLE X 
 GENERAL 
 Section 10.1. Successors and Assigns. (a) This Supplement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that CRCF may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Supplement without the prior written consent of all of the Series 2004-1
Noteholders, and no Purchaser may assign or transfer any of its rights under this Supplement other than in accordance with clauses (b) and/or (c) below of this Section 10.1. 
 (b) Any Purchaser may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell all or any part of its rights and
obligations under this Supplement and the Series 2004-1 Notes (including its Commitment), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and, prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Amortization Event CRCF and the Administrator (in
each case, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), to one or more banks (an “Acquiring Purchaser”) pursuant to a transfer supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit H (the “Transfer
Supplement”), executed by such Acquiring Purchaser, such assigning Purchaser, the Administrative Agent, CRCF and the Administrator and delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that no prior written consent of CRCF or the
Administrator shall be required by a Purchaser to assign its Series 2004-1 Note to an Affiliate that directly or indirectly owns 100% of such Purchaser or is directly or indirectly 100% owned by such Purchaser. 
 (c) Any Purchaser may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more financial
institutions or other entities (“Participants”) participations in its Series 2004-1 Note, its Commitment and its rights hereunder pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser and the Participant;
provided, however, that (i) in the event of any such sale by a Purchaser to a Participant, (A) such Purchaser’s obligations under this Supplement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Purchaser shall remain solely
responsible for the performance thereof and (C) CRCF and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Purchaser in connection with its rights and obligations under this Supplement and (ii) no Purchaser
shall sell any participating interest under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Supplement, the Base Indenture or any Related Document, except to the extent that the
approval of such amendment, consent or waiver otherwise would require the unanimous consent of all Purchasers hereunder. A Participant shall have the right to receive Article VII Costs but only to the extent that the related selling Purchaser would
have had such right absent the sale of the related participation and, with respect to amounts due pursuant to Section 7.2, only to the extent such Participant shall have complied with the provisions of Section 7.2(e) and (g) as if
such Participant were the Administrative Agent or a Purchaser. 
 (d) CRCF authorizes each Purchaser to disclose to any Participant or
Acquiring Purchaser (each, a “Transferee”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Purchaser’s possession concerning CRCF, the Collateral, the Administrator and the Related Documents which has
been delivered to such Purchaser by CRCF or the 
  

 -76- 

 Administrator in connection with such Purchaser’s credit evaluation of CRCF, the Collateral and the Administrator;
provided that each Transferee or Potential Transferee has agreed to comply with the confidentiality provisions of Section 10.20 hereof. 
 Section 10.2. Securities Law. Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to CRCF that it is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and has sufficient
assets to bear the economic risk of, and sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to evaluate the merits and risks of, its investment in a Series 2004-1 Note. Each Purchaser agrees that its Series 2004-1 Note will be
acquired for investment only and not with a view to any public distribution thereof, and that such Purchaser will not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of its Series 2004-1 Note (or any interest therein) in violation of any of the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, or any applicable state or other securities laws. Each Purchaser acknowledges that it has no right to require CRCF to register its Series 2004-1 Note under the Securities Act or any other securities law. Each
Purchaser hereby confirms and agrees that in connection with any transfer by it of an interest in the Series 2004-1 Note, such Purchaser has not engaged and will not engage in a general solicitation or general advertising including advertisements,
articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over radio or television, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

 Section 10.3. Adjustments; Set-off. (a) If any Purchaser (a “Benefitted Purchaser”) shall at any time
receive in respect of its Purchaser Invested Amount any distribution of principal, interest or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such
distribution received by any other Purchaser, if any, in respect of such other Purchaser’s Purchaser Invested Amount, or interest thereon, such Benefitted Purchaser shall purchase for cash from the other Purchaser such portion of such other
Purchaser’s interest in the Series 2004-1 Notes, or shall provide such other Purchaser with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Purchaser to share the excess payment or
benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with the other Purchaser; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Purchaser, such purchase shall be
rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. CRCF agrees that any Purchaser so purchasing a portion of another Purchaser’s Purchaser Invested Amount may exercise all rights of
payment (including, without limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Purchaser were the direct holder of such portion. 
 (b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Purchaser provided by law, each Purchaser shall have the right, without prior notice to CRCF, any such notice being expressly waived by CRCF to the extent permitted by
applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by CRCF hereunder or under the Series 2004-1 Notes to set-off and appropriate and apply against any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any
currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Purchaser to or for the credit or the account of CRCF.
Each Purchaser agrees promptly to notify CRCF, the Administrator and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Purchaser; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such
set-off and application. 
  

 -77- 

 Section 10.4. No Bankruptcy Petition. (a) Each of the Administrative Agent and the
Purchasers hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the later of payment in full of all Series of Notes, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, CRCF any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other similar proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. 
 (b) This covenant shall survive the termination of this Supplement and the Base Indenture and the payment of all amounts payable hereunder and thereunder. 
 Section 10.5. Costs and Expenses. CRCF agrees to pay on demand (x) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative
Agent (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent) and of each Purchaser (including in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Supplement the reasonable fees and
disbursements of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Purchaser) in connection with (i) the preparation, execution and delivery of this Supplement and the other Related Documents and any amendments or waivers of, or consents under,
any such documents and (ii) the enforcement by the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser of the obligations and liabilities of CRCF, the Lessors, the Lessees, the Permitted Sublessees, the Intermediary and the Administrator under the Indenture,
this Supplement, the other Related Documents or any related document and all costs and expenses, if any (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses), in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and
(y) all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent) in connection with the administration of this Supplement
and the other Related Documents. Any payments made by CRCF pursuant to this Section 10.5 shall be made solely from funds available in the Series 2004-1 Distribution Account for the payment of Article VII Costs, shall be non-recourse other than
with respect to such funds, and shall not constitute a claim against CRCF to the extent that insufficient funds exist to make such payment. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Supplement and the Base Indenture and
the payment of all amounts payable hereunder and thereunder. 
 Section 10.6. Exhibits. The following exhibits attached hereto
supplement the exhibits included in the Indenture. 
  

			
	Exhibit A-1:	  	Form of Series 2004-1 Note, Class A-1
	Exhibit A-2	  	Form of Series 2004-1 Note, Class A-2
	Exhibit B:	  	Form of Class A-1 Increase Notice
	Exhibit C:	  	Form of Consent
	Exhibit D:	  	Form of Series 2004-1 Demand Note
	Exhibit E:	  	Form of Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit
	Exhibit F:	  	Form of Lease Payment Deficit Notice
	Exhibit G:	  	Form of Demand Notice
	Exhibit H:	  	Form of Transfer Supplement

  

 -78- 

 Section 10.7. Ratification of Base Indenture. As supplemented by this Supplement, the Base
Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Base Indenture as so supplemented by this Supplement shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same instrument. 
 Section 10.8. Counterparts. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 Section 10.9. Governing Law.
This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such law. 
 Section 10.10. Amendments. This Supplement may be modified or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Base Indenture;
provided, however, that if, pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture or this Supplement, the consent of the Required Noteholders is required for an amendment or modification of this Supplement, such requirement shall be satisfied if
such amendment or modification is consented to by the Requisite Noteholders; provided, further, that the definition of “Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date” and the resulting date may only be amended or waived with the consent of
Class A-1 Purchasers having in the aggregate 100% of the aggregate amount of the Class A-1 Commitment Percentages for all Class A-1 Purchasers. 
 Section 10.11. Discharge of Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Base Indenture, no discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture will be
effective as to the Series 2004-1 Notes without the consent of the Requisite Noteholders. 
 Section 10.12. Capitalization of
CRCF. CRCF agrees that on the Effective Date and on the date of any increase in the Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount it will have capitalization in an amount equal to or greater than 3% of the sum of (x) the Series 2004-1 Maximum
Invested Amount and (y) the invested amount of the Series 2000-2 Notes, the Series 2001-2 Notes, the Series 2002-1 Notes, Series 2002-2 Notes, Series 2002-3 Notes, Series 2003-1 Notes, Series 2003-2 Notes, Series 2003-3 Notes, Series 2003-4
Notes, Series 2003-5 Notes, Series 2004-1 Notes, Series 2004-2 Notes, Series 2004-4 Notes, the Series 2005-1 Notes, Series 2005-2 Notes, Series 2005-3 Notes, Series 2005-4 Notes, the Series 2006-1 Notes and the Series 2006-2 Notes. 
 Section 10.13. Series 2004-1 Required Non-Program Enhancement Percentage. CRCF agrees that it will not make any Loan under any Loan Agreement
to finance the acquisition of any Vehicle by AESOP Leasing, AESOP Leasing II or ABCR, as the case may be, if, after giving effect to the making of such Loan, the acquisition of such Vehicle and the inclusion of such Vehicle under the relevant Lease,
the Series 2004-1 Required Non-Program Enhancement Percentage would exceed 33.0%. 
 Section 10.14. Series 2004-1 Demand Notes;
Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit. (a) Other than pursuant to a demand thereon pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Supplement, CRCF shall 
  

 -79- 

 not reduce the amount of the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes or forgive amounts payable thereunder so that the outstanding
principal amount of the Series 2004-1 Demand Notes after such reduction or forgiveness is less than the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit Liquidity Amount. 
 (b) At no time (i) while an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing or (ii) within two years prior to the Series 2004-1 Termination Date shall CRCF reduce the Series 2004-1 Letter of Credit
Liquidity Amount below the excess of (x) the sum of the Series 2004-1 Required Enhancement Amount plus the Pre-Preference Period Demand Note Payment Amount over (y) the Series 2004-1 Available Reserve Account Amount. 
 Section 10.15. Termination of Supplement. This Supplement shall cease to be of further effect on the date which is the later of (x) the
date when all outstanding Series 2004-1 Notes theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost, or stolen Series 2004-1 Notes which have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation and CRCF has paid all
sums payable hereunder and (y) the date which is the day after one year (or such longer maximum preference period then in effect) from the last day on which any amount was called and paid pursuant to a Series 2004-1 Demand Note. 
 Section 10.16. Collateral Representations and Warranties of CRCF. CRCF hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, the Administrative
Agent and each Purchaser that: 
 (a) the Base Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the
applicable UCC) in the Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders, which security interest is prior to all other liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from CRCF. This Supplement will
create a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Series 2004-1 Collateral in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and each Series 2004-1 Interest Rate Hedge Counterparty,
which security interest is prior to all other liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from CRCF. 
 (b) The Collateral and the Series 2004-1 Collateral (in each case, other than the Vehicles) consist of “investment property,” “securities accounts,” “instruments,” “general intangibles,” “deposit
accounts” and “chattel paper” within the meaning of the applicable UCC. 
 (c) CRCF owns and has good and
marketable title to the Collateral and the Series 2004-1 Collateral free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person. 
 (d) With respect to the portion of the Collateral that consists of instruments, all original executed copies of each instrument that constitute or evidence part of the Collateral have been delivered to the Trustee. None of the instruments
that constitute or evidence the Collateral have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Trustee. 
 (e) With respect to the portion of the Collateral that consists of general intangibles, CRCF has caused the filing of all appropriate
financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Trustee under the Base Indenture. 
  

 -80- 

 (f) With respect to the portion of the Collateral and the Series 2004-1 Collateral that
consists of deposit or securities accounts maintained with a bank other than the Trustee (collectively, the “Bank Accounts”), CRCF has delivered to the Trustee a fully executed agreement pursuant to which the bank maintaining the
Bank Accounts has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Trustee directing disposition of the funds in the Bank Accounts without further consent by CRCF. The Bank Accounts are not in the name of any person other than CRCF or the
Trustee. CRCF has not consented to the bank maintaining the Bank Accounts to comply with instructions of any person other than the Trustee. 
 (g) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee under the Base Indenture and this Supplement, CRCF has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the
Collateral or the Series 2004-1 Collateral. CRCF has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against CRCF that includes a description of collateral covering the Collateral other than any financing statement under
the Base Indenture or that has been terminated. CRCF is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against CRCF. 
 (h)
CRCF has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against CRCF that include a description of collateral covering the Collateral other than any financing statements (i) relating to the security interest granted
to the Trustee in the Base Indenture or (ii) that has been terminated. 
 Section 10.17. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No
failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee, the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive
of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. 
 Section 10.18. Waiver of Setoff. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Supplement or any other agreement to the contrary, all payments to the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers hereunder shall be made without set-off or counterclaim. 
 Section 10.19. Notices. All notices, requests, instructions and demands to or upon any party hereto to be effective shall be given
(i) in the case of CRCF, the Administrator and the Trustee, in the manner set forth in Section 13.1 of the Base Indenture and (ii) in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers, in writing, and, unless otherwise expressly
provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, in the case of facsimile notice, when received, or in the case of overnight air courier, one Business Day after the date such notice is delivered to such
overnight courier, addressed as follows in the case of the Administrative Agent and to the addresses therefor set forth in Schedule I, in the case 
  

 -81- 

 of the Purchasers; or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto: 
  

			
	Administrative	    	
	Agent:	    	Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.
		    	1251 Avenue of the Americas
		    	New York, NY 10020
		    	Attention: Department Head – Syndications
		    	Fax: (212) 282-4490
		    	with a copy to: Department Head – Legal
		    	Fax: (212) 354-7260

 Section 10.20. Confidential Information. (a) The Trustee and each Purchaser
will maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustee or such Purchaser in good faith to protect Confidential Information of third parties delivered to such Person; provided, that such
Person may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to: (i) such Person’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, independent or internal auditors and affiliates who agree to hold confidential the Confidential
Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.20; (ii) such Person’s financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in
accordance with the terms of this Section 10.20; (iii) any other Purchaser; (iv) any Person of the type that would be, to such Person’s knowledge, permitted to acquire Series 2004-1 Notes in accordance with the requirements of
the Indenture to which such Person sells or offers to sell any such Series 2004-1 Note or any part thereof or any participation therein and that agrees to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this
Section 10.20 (or in accordance with such other confidentiality procedures as are acceptable to CRCF); (v) any federal or state or other regulatory, governmental or judicial authority having jurisdiction over such Person; (vi) the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about the investment portfolio of such Person, (vii) any reinsurers or liquidity or
credit providers that agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 10.20 (or in accordance with such other confidentiality procedures as are acceptable to CRCF); (viii) any Person
acting as a placement agent or dealer with respect to any commercial paper (provided that any Confidential Information provided to any such placement agent or dealer does not reveal the identity of Cendant or any of its Affiliates);
(ix) any other Person with the consent of CRCF; or (x) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (A) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation, statute or order applicable to such
Person, (B) in response to any subpoena or other legal process upon prior notice to CRCF (unless prohibited by applicable law, rule, order or decree or other requirement having the force of law), (C) in connection with any litigation to
which such Person is a party upon prior notice to CRCF (unless prohibited by applicable law, rule, order or decree or other requirement having the force of law) or (D) if an Amortization Event with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes has
occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Person may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under the Series 2004-1 Notes, the
Indenture or any other Related Document; and provided, further, however, that delivery to any Purchaser of any report or information required by the 
  

 -82- 

 terms of the Indenture to be provided to such Purchaser shall not be a violation of this Section 10.20. Each
Purchaser agrees, except as set forth in clauses (v), (vi) and (x) above, that it shall use the Confidential Information for the sole purpose of making an investment in the Series 2004-1 Notes or administering its investment in the Series
2004-1 Notes. In the event of any required disclosure of the Confidential Information by such Purchaser, such Purchaser agrees to use reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Each Purchaser, by its
acceptance of a Series 2004-1 Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 10.20; provided, that in no event shall any Purchaser or any Affiliate thereof be obligated or required
to return any materials furnished by CRCF. 
 (b) For the purposes of this Section 10.20, “Confidential Information”
means information delivered to the Trustee or any Purchaser by or on behalf of CRCF in connection with and relating to the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to the Indenture and the Related Documents; provided, that such term
does not include information that: (i) was publicly known or otherwise known to the Trustee or such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure; (ii) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by the Trustee, any
Purchaser or any person acting on behalf of the Trustee or any Purchaser; (iii) otherwise is known or becomes known to the Trustee or any Purchaser other than (x) through disclosure by CRCF or (y) as a result of the breach of a
fiduciary duty to CRCF or a contractual duty to CRCF; or (iv) is allowed to be treated as non-confidential by consent of CRCF. 
 (c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of the parties hereto (and each of its employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as
defined in Section 1.6011-4 of the Treasury Regulations) of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture or the Related Documents and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such Person in
connection therewith relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. 
 Section 10.21. USA Patriot Action Notice. The
Purchasers hereby notify CRCF that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107.56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), the Purchasers are required to obtain, verify and
record information that identifies CRCF, which information includes the name and address of CRCF and other information that will allow the Purchasers to identify CRCF in accordance with the Patriot Act. 
 Section 10.22. Notice to Moody’s. CRCF or the Administrator shall provide Moody’s with (i) notice of any waiver of the type
described in clause (b) of the definition of “Class A-1 Increase Expiry Date” and (ii) notice of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 3.10(c), (d) or (e) hereof. 
 Section 10.23. Effect on Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement. This Supplement amends and restates the Amended and Restated Series
2004-1 Supplement as of the Effective Date. This Supplement shall not effect a termination of the obligations of CRCF under the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement, but instead shall be merely a restatement, where applicable, of the terms
governing such obligations. Reference to this specific Supplement need not be made in any agreement, document, instrument, letter, certificate, the 
  

 -83- 

 Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement itself, or any communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect
to, the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement, any reference to the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement being sufficient to refer to the Amended and Restated Series 2004-1 Supplement as amended hereby. 
 Section 10.24. Purchaser Representation and Warranty to Trustee. Each of the Purchasers hereto represents and warrants to the Trustee that
(i) it is a Purchaser with regards to its respective Class A-1 Maximum Invested Amount and Class A-2 Maximum Invested Amount as set forth in Schedule I hereto, and (ii) it is authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement. Each
of the undersigned Purchasers hereby consents to the terms and provisions of this Supplement and authorizes and directs the Trustee to execute this Supplement. 
  

 -84- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have caused this Supplement to be duly executed by their
respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 CENDANT RENTAL CAR FUNDING (AESOP) LLC,

	    as Issuer
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Philip A. Martone

	Name:	 	Philip A. Martone
	Title:	 	Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer
	
	AVIS BUDGET CAR RENTAL, LLC,
    as Administrator
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Rochelle Tarlowe

	Name:	 	Rochelle Tarlowe
	Title:	 	Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer

			
	MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.
	    as Administrative Agent and a Purchaser
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Robert Gallagher

	Name:	 	Robert Gallagher
	Title:	 	S.V.P. and Team Leader

			
	 CALYON CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Purchaser

		
	By:	 	 /s/: Rod Hurst

	Name:	 	Rod Hurst
	Title:	 	Managing Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Yuri Muzichenko

	Name:	 	Yuri Muzichenko
	Title:	 	Director

			
	 LANDESBANK HESSEN THÜRINGEN
GIROZENTRALE, as a Purchaser

		
	By:	 	 /s/: Michael D. Novack

	Name:	 	Michael D. Novack
	Title:	 	Vice President
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Christian C. Brune

	Name:	 	Christian C. Brune
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President

			
	 CREDIT INDUSTRIEL ET COMMERCIAL, as a Purchaser

		
	By:	 	 /s/: Eric Longuet

	Name:	 	Eric Longuet
	Title:	 	Vice President
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Nicolas Courtaigne

	Name:	 	Nicolas Courtaigne
	Title:	 	Assistant Vice President

			
	RZB FINANCE LLC, as a Purchaser
		
	By:	 	 /s/: John A. Valiska

	Name:	 	John A. Valiska
	Title:	 	First Vice President
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Christoph Hoedl

	Name:	 	Christoph Hoedl
	Title:	 	Group Vice President

			
	 DZ BANK AG DEUTSCHE ZENTRAL-GENOSSENSCHAFTSBANK, FRANKFURT AM MAIN, as a Purchaser

		
	By:	 	 /s/: Bernd Henrik Franke

	Name:	 	Bernd Henrik Franke
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Richard W. Wilbert

	Name:	 	Richard W. Wilbert
	Title:	 	Vice President

			
	BANK HAPOALIM B.M., as a Purchaser
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Helen H. Gateson

	Name:	 	Helen H. Gateson
	Title:	 	Vice President
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Charles McLaughlin

	Name:	 	Charles McLaughlin
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President

			
	 BAYERISCHE HYPO- UND VEREINSBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Purchaser

		
	By:	 	 /s/: Ken Hamilton

	Name:	 	Ken Hamilton
	Title:	 	Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Richard Cordover

	Name:	 	Richard Cordover
	Title:	 	Director

			
	BAYERISCHE LANDESBANK, as a Purchaser
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Catherine Schilling

	Name:	 	Catherine Schilling
	Title:	 	Vice President
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Norman McClave

	Name:	 	Norman McClave
	Title:	 	First Vice President

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/: Scott J. Tepper

	Name:	 	Scott J. Tepper
	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Series 2004-1 Agent

		
	By:	 	 /s/: Scott J. Tepper

	Name:	 	Scott J. Tepper
	Title:	 	Vice President

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00106-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00106-of-00352.parquet"}]]